1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 /* 17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group. 18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in 19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE. 20 */ 21 struct hl_group 22 { 23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */ 24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */ 25 /* for normal terminals */ 26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */ 27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */ 28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */ 29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */ 30 /* for color terminals */ 31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */ 32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */ 33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */ 34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */ 35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */ 36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 37 /* for when using the GUI */ 38 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */ 39 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */ 40 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */ 41 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */ 42 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 43 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */ 44 #endif 45 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */ 46 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */ 47 #endif 48 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 49 /* Store the sp color name for the GUI or synIDattr() */ 50 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */ 51 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */ 52 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */ 53 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */ 54 #endif 55 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */ 56 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */ 57 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 58 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */ 59 #endif 60 }; 61 62 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */ 63 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */ 64 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */ 65 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */ 66 67 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */ 68 69 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data))) 70 71 #define MAX_HL_ID 20000 /* maximum value for a highlight ID. */ 72 73 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 74 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */ 75 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */ 76 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */ 77 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */ 78 #endif 79 80 /* 81 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the 82 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!). 83 */ 84 static char *(hl_name_table[]) = 85 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl", 86 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"}; 87 static int hl_attr_table[] = 88 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0}; 89 90 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep)); 91 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void)); 92 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx)); 93 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id)); 94 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name)); 95 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name)); 96 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id)); 97 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link)); 98 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx)); 99 100 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 101 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); 102 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip)); 103 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); 104 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); 105 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 106 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width)); 107 # endif 108 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip, int free_font)); 109 #endif 110 111 /* 112 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF. 113 */ 114 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1) 115 116 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO) 117 118 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */ 119 120 /* different types of offsets that are possible */ 121 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */ 122 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */ 123 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */ 124 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */ 125 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */ 126 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */ 127 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */ 128 #define SPO_COUNT 7 129 130 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) = 131 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="}; 132 133 /* 134 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern. 135 * A match item consists of one pattern. 136 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns. 137 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m 138 * end patterns. 139 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end. 140 * 141 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end) 142 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end). 143 */ 144 typedef struct syn_pattern 145 { 146 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */ 147 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */ 148 int sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */ 149 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 150 int sp_cchar; /* conceal substitute character */ 151 #endif 152 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */ 153 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */ 154 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */ 155 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */ 156 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE 157 syn_time_T sp_time; 158 #endif 159 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */ 160 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */ 161 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */ 162 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */ 163 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */ 164 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */ 165 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */ 166 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */ 167 } synpat_T; 168 169 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this: 170 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF) 171 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT)) 172 * When both are present, only one is used. 173 */ 174 175 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */ 176 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */ 177 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */ 178 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */ 179 180 181 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data)) 182 183 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */ 184 185 /* 186 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags: 187 */ 188 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */ 189 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */ 190 191 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data)) 192 193 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */ 194 195 /* 196 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized. 197 */ 198 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */ 199 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 200 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */ 201 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparency removed */ 202 #endif 203 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 204 static int current_flags = 0; 205 static int current_seqnr = 0; 206 static int current_sub_char = 0; 207 #endif 208 209 typedef struct syn_cluster_S 210 { 211 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */ 212 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */ 213 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */ 214 } syn_cluster_T; 215 216 /* 217 * Methods of combining two clusters 218 */ 219 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */ 220 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */ 221 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */ 222 223 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data)) 224 225 /* 226 * Syntax group IDs have different types: 227 * 0 - 19999 normal syntax groups 228 * 20000 - 20999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 229 * 21000 - 21999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 230 * 22000 - 22999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 231 * 23000 - 32767 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID) 232 */ 233 #define SYNID_ALLBUT MAX_HL_ID /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */ 234 #define SYNID_TOP 21000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */ 235 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 22000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */ 236 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 23000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */ 237 238 #define MAX_SYN_INC_TAG 999 /* maximum before the above overflow */ 239 #define MAX_CLUSTER_ID (32767 - SYNID_CLUSTER) 240 241 /* 242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to 243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so 244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here. 245 */ 246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep; 247 248 /* 249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d 250 * files from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the 251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file. 252 */ 253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0; 254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0; 255 256 /* 257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry. 258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item. 259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer. 260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer. 261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer. 262 */ 263 static keyentry_T dumkey; 264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword) 265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey))) 266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key) 267 268 /* 269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state 270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no 271 * "keepend" on the stack. 272 */ 273 static int keepend_level = -1; 274 275 static char msg_no_items[] = N_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"); 276 277 /* 278 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx. 279 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown. 280 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char) 281 */ 282 typedef struct state_item 283 { 284 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or 285 KEYWORD_IDX */ 286 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */ 287 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparency removed */ 288 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */ 289 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */ 290 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */ 291 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */ 292 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */ 293 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */ 294 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */ 295 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */ 296 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */ 297 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and 298 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */ 299 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 300 int si_seqnr; /* sequence number */ 301 int si_cchar; /* substitution character for conceal */ 302 #endif 303 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */ 304 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */ 305 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start 306 * pattern */ 307 } stateitem_T; 308 309 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */ 310 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all 311 but contained groups */ 312 313 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 314 static int next_seqnr = 1; /* value to use for si_seqnr */ 315 #endif 316 317 /* 318 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used 319 * very often. 320 */ 321 typedef struct 322 { 323 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */ 324 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */ 325 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL 326 if not allowed */ 327 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */ 328 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */ 329 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */ 330 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */ 331 } syn_opt_arg_T; 332 333 /* 334 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered, 335 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column. 336 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet. 337 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line. 338 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end) 339 */ 340 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */ 341 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */ 342 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */ 343 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */ 344 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */ 345 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */ 346 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */ 347 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */ 348 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */ 349 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL; 350 351 /* 352 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a 353 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero. 354 */ 355 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0) 356 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0) 357 358 /* 359 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine. 360 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid. 361 */ 362 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */ 363 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */ 364 static synblock_T *syn_block; /* current buffer for highlighting */ 365 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */ 366 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */ 367 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state 368 * after setting current_finished */ 369 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */ 370 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */ 371 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 372 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */ 373 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */ 374 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */ 375 376 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx] 377 378 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid)); 379 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 380 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void)); 381 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline)); 382 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void)); 383 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void)); 384 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((synblock_T *block, synstate_T *p)); 385 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 386 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void)); 387 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from)); 388 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void)); 389 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); 390 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void)); 391 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing)); 392 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state)); 393 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap)); 394 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si)); 395 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void)); 396 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx)); 397 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void)); 398 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force)); 399 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list)); 400 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained)); 401 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx)); 402 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void)); 403 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE 404 static void syn_clear_time __ARGS((syn_time_T *tt)); 405 static void syntime_clear __ARGS((void)); 406 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 407 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_syntime __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 408 #else 409 static int syn_compare_syntime __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 410 #endif 411 static void syntime_report __ARGS((void)); 412 static int syn_time_on = FALSE; 413 # define IF_SYN_TIME(p) (p) 414 #else 415 # define IF_SYN_TIME(p) NULL 416 typedef int syn_time_T; 417 #endif 418 419 static void syn_stack_apply_changes_block __ARGS((synblock_T *block, buf_T *buf)); 420 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext)); 421 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p)); 422 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void)); 423 424 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); 425 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); 426 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); 427 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); 428 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void)); 429 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, syn_time_T *st)); 430 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si, int *ccharp)); 431 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 432 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 433 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void)); 434 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((synblock_T *block, int idx)); 435 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((synblock_T *block, int i)); 436 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((synblock_T *block, int i)); 437 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 438 static void syn_cmd_conceal __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 439 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing)); 440 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 441 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 442 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 443 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 444 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 445 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name)); 446 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 447 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void)); 448 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void)); 449 static void syn_stack_free_block __ARGS((synblock_T *block)); 450 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only)); 451 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id)); 452 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr)); 453 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr)); 454 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr)); 455 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht)); 456 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht)); 457 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list, int conceal_char)); 458 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end)); 459 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt, int *conceal_char)); 460 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 461 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 462 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 463 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 464 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 465 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 466 #else 467 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 468 #endif 469 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 470 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name)); 471 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len)); 472 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len)); 473 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name)); 474 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void)); 475 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci)); 476 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 477 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list)); 478 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op)); 479 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp)); 480 481 /* 482 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called 483 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line. 484 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get 485 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and 486 * window. 487 */ 488 void 489 syntax_start(wp, lnum) 490 win_T *wp; 491 linenr_T lnum; 492 { 493 synstate_T *p; 494 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL; 495 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL; 496 synstate_T *sp, *prev = NULL; 497 linenr_T parsed_lnum; 498 linenr_T first_stored; 499 int dist; 500 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */ 501 502 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 503 current_sub_char = NUL; 504 #endif 505 506 /* 507 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state. 508 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid 509 * then. 510 */ 511 if (syn_block != wp->w_s || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick) 512 { 513 invalidate_current_state(); 514 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer; 515 syn_block = wp->w_s; 516 } 517 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick; 518 syn_win = wp; 519 520 /* 521 * Allocate syntax stack when needed. 522 */ 523 syn_stack_alloc(); 524 if (syn_block->b_sst_array == NULL) 525 return; /* out of memory */ 526 syn_block->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick; 527 528 /* 529 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it. 530 */ 531 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) 532 && current_lnum < lnum 533 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 534 { 535 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 536 if (!current_state_stored) 537 { 538 ++current_lnum; 539 (void)store_current_state(); 540 } 541 542 /* 543 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current 544 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate 545 * current_state and figure it out below. 546 */ 547 if (current_lnum != lnum) 548 invalidate_current_state(); 549 } 550 else 551 invalidate_current_state(); 552 553 /* 554 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[]. 555 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state. 556 */ 557 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_block->b_sst_array != NULL) 558 { 559 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */ 560 for (p = syn_block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 561 { 562 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) 563 break; 564 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0) 565 { 566 last_valid = p; 567 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines) 568 last_min_valid = p; 569 } 570 } 571 if (last_min_valid != NULL) 572 load_current_state(last_min_valid); 573 } 574 575 /* 576 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to 577 * re-synchronize. 578 */ 579 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) 580 { 581 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid); 582 if (current_lnum == 1) 583 /* First line is always valid, no matter "minlines". */ 584 first_stored = 1; 585 else 586 /* Need to parse "minlines" lines before state can be considered 587 * valid to store. */ 588 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines; 589 } 590 else 591 first_stored = current_lnum; 592 593 /* 594 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line. 595 * Save some entries for syncing with later on. 596 */ 597 if (syn_block->b_sst_len <= Rows) 598 dist = 999999; 599 else 600 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_block->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; 601 while (current_lnum < lnum) 602 { 603 syn_start_line(); 604 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 605 ++current_lnum; 606 607 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid 608 * state, the current state is considered valid. */ 609 if (current_lnum >= first_stored) 610 { 611 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is 612 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved 613 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */ 614 if (prev == NULL) 615 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1); 616 if (prev == NULL) 617 sp = syn_block->b_sst_first; 618 else 619 sp = prev; 620 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum) 621 sp = sp->sst_next; 622 if (sp != NULL 623 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum 624 && syn_stack_equal(sp)) 625 { 626 parsed_lnum = current_lnum; 627 prev = sp; 628 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum) 629 { 630 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum) 631 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */ 632 prev = sp; 633 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0) 634 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */ 635 break; 636 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; 637 sp = sp->sst_next; 638 } 639 load_current_state(prev); 640 } 641 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line 642 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously 643 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */ 644 else if (prev == NULL 645 || current_lnum == lnum 646 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist) 647 prev = store_current_state(); 648 } 649 650 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current 651 * state will be wrong then. */ 652 line_breakcheck(); 653 if (got_int) 654 { 655 current_lnum = lnum; 656 break; 657 } 658 } 659 660 syn_start_line(); 661 } 662 663 /* 664 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we 665 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first. 666 */ 667 static void 668 clear_syn_state(p) 669 synstate_T *p; 670 { 671 int i; 672 garray_T *gap; 673 674 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 675 { 676 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga); 677 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) 678 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch); 679 ga_clear(gap); 680 } 681 else 682 { 683 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++) 684 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch); 685 } 686 } 687 688 /* 689 * Cleanup the current_state stack. 690 */ 691 static void 692 clear_current_state() 693 { 694 int i; 695 stateitem_T *sip; 696 697 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data); 698 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++) 699 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch); 700 ga_clear(¤t_state); 701 } 702 703 /* 704 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum". 705 * 706 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is 707 * used: 708 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment. 709 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. 710 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum". 711 */ 712 static void 713 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid) 714 win_T *wp; 715 linenr_T start_lnum; 716 synstate_T *last_valid; 717 { 718 buf_T *curbuf_save; 719 win_T *curwin_save; 720 pos_T cursor_save; 721 int idx; 722 linenr_T lnum; 723 linenr_T end_lnum; 724 linenr_T break_lnum; 725 int had_sync_point; 726 stateitem_T *cur_si; 727 synpat_T *spp; 728 char_u *line; 729 int found_flags = 0; 730 int found_match_idx = 0; 731 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0; 732 int found_current_col= 0; 733 lpos_T found_m_endpos; 734 colnr_T prev_current_col; 735 736 /* 737 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around. 738 */ 739 invalidate_current_state(); 740 741 /* 742 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is 743 * there. 744 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in 745 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines, 746 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small. 747 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM. 748 */ 749 if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum) 750 start_lnum = 1; 751 else 752 { 753 if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1) 754 lnum = 1; 755 else if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10) 756 lnum = syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2; 757 else 758 lnum = syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2; 759 if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 760 && lnum > syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 761 lnum = syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines; 762 if (lnum >= start_lnum) 763 start_lnum = 1; 764 else 765 start_lnum -= lnum; 766 } 767 current_lnum = start_lnum; 768 769 /* 770 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment. 771 */ 772 if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) 773 { 774 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to 775 * use find_start_comment(). */ 776 curwin_save = curwin; 777 curwin = wp; 778 curbuf_save = curbuf; 779 curbuf = syn_buf; 780 781 /* 782 * Skip lines that end in a backslash. 783 */ 784 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum) 785 { 786 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1); 787 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\') 788 break; 789 } 790 current_lnum = start_lnum; 791 792 /* set cursor to start of search */ 793 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor; 794 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; 795 wp->w_cursor.col = 0; 796 797 /* 798 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that 799 * defines the comment. 800 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines. 801 */ 802 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL) 803 { 804 for (idx = syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 805 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx].sp_syn.id 806 == syn_block->b_syn_sync_id 807 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 808 { 809 validate_current_state(); 810 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK) 811 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 812 break; 813 } 814 } 815 816 /* restore cursor and buffer */ 817 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save; 818 curwin = curwin_save; 819 curbuf = curbuf_save; 820 } 821 822 /* 823 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. 824 */ 825 else if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH) 826 { 827 if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 828 && start_lnum > syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 829 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines; 830 else 831 break_lnum = 0; 832 833 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0; 834 found_m_endpos.col = 0; 835 end_lnum = start_lnum; 836 lnum = start_lnum; 837 while (--lnum > break_lnum) 838 { 839 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */ 840 line_breakcheck(); 841 if (got_int) 842 { 843 invalidate_current_state(); 844 current_lnum = start_lnum; 845 break; 846 } 847 848 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */ 849 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum) 850 { 851 load_current_state(last_valid); 852 break; 853 } 854 855 /* 856 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern. 857 */ 858 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1)) 859 continue; 860 861 /* 862 * Start with nothing on the state stack 863 */ 864 validate_current_state(); 865 866 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum) 867 { 868 syn_start_line(); 869 for (;;) 870 { 871 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE); 872 /* 873 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and 874 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line. 875 */ 876 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len) 877 { 878 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 879 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum) 880 { 881 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */ 882 current_lnum = end_lnum; 883 break; 884 } 885 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0) 886 { 887 /* Cannot happen? */ 888 found_flags = 0; 889 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX; 890 } 891 else 892 { 893 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx]); 894 found_flags = spp->sp_flags; 895 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx; 896 } 897 found_current_lnum = current_lnum; 898 found_current_col = current_col; 899 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; 900 /* 901 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length 902 * match). 903 */ 904 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum) 905 { 906 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; 907 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 908 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum) 909 break; 910 } 911 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col) 912 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 913 else 914 ++current_col; 915 916 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for 917 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be 918 * careful not to go past the NUL. */ 919 prev_current_col = current_col; 920 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) 921 ++current_col; 922 check_state_ends(); 923 current_col = prev_current_col; 924 } 925 else 926 break; 927 } 928 } 929 930 /* 931 * If a sync point was encountered, break here. 932 */ 933 if (found_flags) 934 { 935 /* 936 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the 937 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the 938 * state stack empty. 939 */ 940 clear_current_state(); 941 if (found_match_idx >= 0 942 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK) 943 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 944 945 /* 946 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point 947 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at 948 * the next line. 949 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum. 950 */ 951 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) 952 { 953 if (current_state.ga_len) 954 { 955 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 956 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum; 957 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col; 958 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); 959 check_keepend(); 960 } 961 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 962 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; 963 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 964 ++current_lnum; 965 } 966 else 967 current_lnum = start_lnum; 968 969 break; 970 } 971 972 end_lnum = lnum; 973 invalidate_current_state(); 974 } 975 976 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */ 977 if (lnum <= break_lnum) 978 { 979 invalidate_current_state(); 980 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1; 981 } 982 } 983 984 validate_current_state(); 985 } 986 987 /* 988 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum". 989 */ 990 static int 991 syn_match_linecont(lnum) 992 linenr_T lnum; 993 { 994 regmmatch_T regmatch; 995 int r; 996 997 if (syn_block->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL) 998 { 999 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_block->b_syn_linecont_ic; 1000 regmatch.regprog = syn_block->b_syn_linecont_prog; 1001 r = syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0, 1002 IF_SYN_TIME(&syn_block->b_syn_linecont_time)); 1003 syn_block->b_syn_linecont_prog = regmatch.regprog; 1004 return r; 1005 } 1006 return FALSE; 1007 } 1008 1009 /* 1010 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line. 1011 */ 1012 static void 1013 syn_start_line() 1014 { 1015 current_finished = FALSE; 1016 current_col = 0; 1017 1018 /* 1019 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the 1020 * previous line and regions that have "keepend". 1021 */ 1022 if (current_state.ga_len > 0) 1023 { 1024 syn_update_ends(TRUE); 1025 check_state_ends(); 1026 } 1027 1028 next_match_idx = -1; 1029 ++current_line_id; 1030 } 1031 1032 /* 1033 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated. 1034 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated. 1035 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated. 1036 */ 1037 static void 1038 syn_update_ends(startofline) 1039 int startofline; 1040 { 1041 stateitem_T *cur_si; 1042 int i; 1043 int seen_keepend; 1044 1045 if (startofline) 1046 { 1047 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a 1048 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */ 1049 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 1050 { 1051 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 1052 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 1053 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type 1054 == SPTYPE_MATCH 1055 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum) 1056 { 1057 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT; 1058 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; 1059 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0; 1060 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; 1061 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 1062 } 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 /* 1067 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the 1068 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may 1069 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend" 1070 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions 1071 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended 1072 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions. 1073 * Then check for items ending in column 0. 1074 */ 1075 i = current_state.ga_len - 1; 1076 if (keepend_level >= 0) 1077 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i) 1078 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 1079 break; 1080 1081 seen_keepend = FALSE; 1082 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 1083 { 1084 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 1085 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) 1086 || (seen_keepend && !startofline) 1087 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline)) 1088 { 1089 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */ 1090 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1091 1092 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT)) 1093 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline); 1094 1095 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 1096 seen_keepend = TRUE; 1097 } 1098 } 1099 check_keepend(); 1100 } 1101 1102 /**************************************** 1103 * Handling of the state stack cache. 1104 */ 1105 1106 /* 1107 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE 1108 * 1109 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some 1110 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point. 1111 * 1112 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of 1113 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next. 1114 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2 1115 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack). 1116 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid 1117 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often. 1118 * 1119 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling 1120 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call 1121 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached 1122 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed, 1123 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line 1124 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum 1125 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change 1126 * the cached entry. 1127 * 1128 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed 1129 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the 1130 * start of the line is needed. 1131 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These 1132 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between 1133 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers 1134 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed 1135 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed. 1136 */ 1137 1138 static void 1139 syn_stack_free_block(block) 1140 synblock_T *block; 1141 { 1142 synstate_T *p; 1143 1144 if (block->b_sst_array != NULL) 1145 { 1146 for (p = block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 1147 clear_syn_state(p); 1148 vim_free(block->b_sst_array); 1149 block->b_sst_array = NULL; 1150 block->b_sst_len = 0; 1151 } 1152 } 1153 /* 1154 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf". 1155 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere. 1156 */ 1157 void 1158 syn_stack_free_all(block) 1159 synblock_T *block; 1160 { 1161 win_T *wp; 1162 1163 syn_stack_free_block(block); 1164 1165 1166 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1167 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */ 1168 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1169 { 1170 if (wp->w_s == block && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)) 1171 foldUpdateAll(wp); 1172 } 1173 #endif 1174 } 1175 1176 /* 1177 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed. 1178 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too 1179 * small, reallocate it. 1180 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time. 1181 */ 1182 static void 1183 syn_stack_alloc() 1184 { 1185 long len; 1186 synstate_T *to, *from; 1187 synstate_T *sstp; 1188 1189 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; 1190 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) 1191 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; 1192 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) 1193 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; 1194 if (syn_block->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_block->b_sst_len < len) 1195 { 1196 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */ 1197 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1198 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; 1199 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) 1200 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; 1201 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) 1202 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; 1203 1204 if (syn_block->b_sst_array != NULL) 1205 { 1206 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack. 1207 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */ 1208 while (syn_block->b_sst_len - syn_block->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len 1209 && syn_stack_cleanup()) 1210 ; 1211 if (len < syn_block->b_sst_len - syn_block->b_sst_freecount + 2) 1212 len = syn_block->b_sst_len - syn_block->b_sst_freecount + 2; 1213 } 1214 1215 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T))); 1216 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */ 1217 return; 1218 1219 to = sstp - 1; 1220 if (syn_block->b_sst_array != NULL) 1221 { 1222 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */ 1223 for (from = syn_block->b_sst_first; from != NULL; 1224 from = from->sst_next) 1225 { 1226 ++to; 1227 *to = *from; 1228 to->sst_next = to + 1; 1229 } 1230 } 1231 if (to != sstp - 1) 1232 { 1233 to->sst_next = NULL; 1234 syn_block->b_sst_first = sstp; 1235 syn_block->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1; 1236 } 1237 else 1238 { 1239 syn_block->b_sst_first = NULL; 1240 syn_block->b_sst_freecount = len; 1241 } 1242 1243 /* Create the list of free entries. */ 1244 syn_block->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1; 1245 while (++to < sstp + len) 1246 to->sst_next = to + 1; 1247 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL; 1248 1249 vim_free(syn_block->b_sst_array); 1250 syn_block->b_sst_array = sstp; 1251 syn_block->b_sst_len = len; 1252 } 1253 } 1254 1255 /* 1256 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the 1257 * b_mod_* fields. 1258 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each 1259 * displayed buffer. 1260 */ 1261 void 1262 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf) 1263 buf_T *buf; 1264 { 1265 win_T *wp; 1266 1267 syn_stack_apply_changes_block(&buf->b_s, buf); 1268 1269 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1270 { 1271 if ((wp->w_buffer == buf) && (wp->w_s != &buf->b_s)) 1272 syn_stack_apply_changes_block(wp->w_s, buf); 1273 } 1274 } 1275 1276 static void 1277 syn_stack_apply_changes_block(block, buf) 1278 synblock_T *block; 1279 buf_T *buf; 1280 { 1281 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np; 1282 linenr_T n; 1283 1284 if (block->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */ 1285 return; 1286 1287 prev = NULL; 1288 for (p = block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; ) 1289 { 1290 if (p->sst_lnum + block->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top) 1291 { 1292 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines; 1293 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot) 1294 { 1295 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */ 1296 np = p->sst_next; 1297 if (prev == NULL) 1298 block->b_sst_first = np; 1299 else 1300 prev->sst_next = np; 1301 syn_stack_free_entry(block, p); 1302 p = np; 1303 continue; 1304 } 1305 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line 1306 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid 1307 * again. */ 1308 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top) 1309 { 1310 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top) 1311 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines; 1312 else 1313 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top; 1314 } 1315 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0 1316 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) 1317 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot; 1318 1319 p->sst_lnum = n; 1320 } 1321 prev = p; 1322 p = p->sst_next; 1323 } 1324 } 1325 1326 /* 1327 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf. 1328 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed. 1329 */ 1330 static int 1331 syn_stack_cleanup() 1332 { 1333 synstate_T *p, *prev; 1334 disptick_T tick; 1335 int above; 1336 int dist; 1337 int retval = FALSE; 1338 1339 if (syn_block->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_block->b_sst_first == NULL) 1340 return retval; 1341 1342 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */ 1343 if (syn_block->b_sst_len <= Rows) 1344 dist = 999999; 1345 else 1346 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_block->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; 1347 1348 /* 1349 * Go through the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can 1350 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above 1351 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around). 1352 */ 1353 tick = syn_block->b_sst_lasttick; 1354 above = FALSE; 1355 prev = syn_block->b_sst_first; 1356 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1357 { 1358 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) 1359 { 1360 if (p->sst_tick > syn_block->b_sst_lasttick) 1361 { 1362 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick) 1363 tick = p->sst_tick; 1364 above = TRUE; 1365 } 1366 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick) 1367 tick = p->sst_tick; 1368 } 1369 } 1370 1371 /* 1372 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an 1373 * interval of several lines. 1374 */ 1375 prev = syn_block->b_sst_first; 1376 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1377 { 1378 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) 1379 { 1380 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */ 1381 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next; 1382 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_block, p); 1383 p = prev; 1384 retval = TRUE; 1385 } 1386 } 1387 return retval; 1388 } 1389 1390 /* 1391 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item. 1392 * Move the entry into the free list. 1393 */ 1394 static void 1395 syn_stack_free_entry(block, p) 1396 synblock_T *block; 1397 synstate_T *p; 1398 { 1399 clear_syn_state(p); 1400 p->sst_next = block->b_sst_firstfree; 1401 block->b_sst_firstfree = p; 1402 ++block->b_sst_freecount; 1403 } 1404 1405 /* 1406 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum". 1407 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum". 1408 */ 1409 static synstate_T * 1410 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum) 1411 linenr_T lnum; 1412 { 1413 synstate_T *p, *prev; 1414 1415 prev = NULL; 1416 for (p = syn_block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1417 { 1418 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum) 1419 return p; 1420 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) 1421 break; 1422 } 1423 return prev; 1424 } 1425 1426 /* 1427 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[]. 1428 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line! 1429 */ 1430 static synstate_T * 1431 store_current_state() 1432 { 1433 int i; 1434 synstate_T *p; 1435 bufstate_T *bp; 1436 stateitem_T *cur_si; 1437 synstate_T *sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 1438 1439 /* 1440 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues 1441 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then. 1442 */ 1443 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i) 1444 { 1445 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 1446 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1447 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1448 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1449 || (cur_si->si_end_idx 1450 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum)) 1451 break; 1452 } 1453 if (i >= 0) 1454 { 1455 if (sp != NULL) 1456 { 1457 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */ 1458 if (syn_block->b_sst_first == sp) 1459 /* it's the first entry */ 1460 syn_block->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next; 1461 else 1462 { 1463 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */ 1464 for (p = syn_block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 1465 if (p->sst_next == sp) 1466 break; 1467 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */ 1468 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; 1469 } 1470 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_block, sp); 1471 sp = NULL; 1472 } 1473 } 1474 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum) 1475 { 1476 /* 1477 * Add a new entry 1478 */ 1479 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */ 1480 if (syn_block->b_sst_freecount == 0) 1481 { 1482 (void)syn_stack_cleanup(); 1483 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */ 1484 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 1485 } 1486 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */ 1487 if (syn_block->b_sst_freecount == 0) 1488 sp = NULL; 1489 else 1490 { 1491 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used 1492 * list, after *sp */ 1493 p = syn_block->b_sst_firstfree; 1494 syn_block->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next; 1495 --syn_block->b_sst_freecount; 1496 if (sp == NULL) 1497 { 1498 /* Insert in front of the list */ 1499 p->sst_next = syn_block->b_sst_first; 1500 syn_block->b_sst_first = p; 1501 } 1502 else 1503 { 1504 /* insert in list after *sp */ 1505 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; 1506 sp->sst_next = p; 1507 } 1508 sp = p; 1509 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; 1510 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum; 1511 } 1512 } 1513 if (sp != NULL) 1514 { 1515 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */ 1516 clear_syn_state(sp); 1517 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len; 1518 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES) 1519 { 1520 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the 1521 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */ 1522 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1); 1523 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL) 1524 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; 1525 else 1526 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len; 1527 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1528 } 1529 else 1530 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; 1531 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i) 1532 { 1533 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx; 1534 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags; 1535 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1536 bp[i].bs_seqnr = CUR_STATE(i).si_seqnr; 1537 bp[i].bs_cchar = CUR_STATE(i).si_cchar; 1538 #endif 1539 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch); 1540 } 1541 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags; 1542 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list; 1543 sp->sst_tick = display_tick; 1544 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; 1545 } 1546 current_state_stored = TRUE; 1547 return sp; 1548 } 1549 1550 /* 1551 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state; 1552 */ 1553 static void 1554 load_current_state(from) 1555 synstate_T *from; 1556 { 1557 int i; 1558 bufstate_T *bp; 1559 1560 clear_current_state(); 1561 validate_current_state(); 1562 keepend_level = -1; 1563 if (from->sst_stacksize 1564 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL) 1565 { 1566 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 1567 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1568 else 1569 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack; 1570 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i) 1571 { 1572 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx; 1573 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags; 1574 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1575 CUR_STATE(i).si_seqnr = bp[i].bs_seqnr; 1576 CUR_STATE(i).si_cchar = bp[i].bs_cchar; 1577 #endif 1578 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch); 1579 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 1580 keepend_level = i; 1581 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE; 1582 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0; 1583 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0) 1584 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = 1585 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list; 1586 else 1587 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL; 1588 update_si_attr(i); 1589 } 1590 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize; 1591 } 1592 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list; 1593 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags; 1594 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum; 1595 } 1596 1597 /* 1598 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state. 1599 * Return TRUE when they are equal. 1600 */ 1601 static int 1602 syn_stack_equal(sp) 1603 synstate_T *sp; 1604 { 1605 int i, j; 1606 bufstate_T *bp; 1607 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx; 1608 1609 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */ 1610 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len 1611 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list) 1612 { 1613 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */ 1614 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 1615 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1616 else 1617 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; 1618 1619 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 1620 { 1621 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */ 1622 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx) 1623 break; 1624 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch) 1625 { 1626 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in 1627 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch 1628 * references are equal. */ 1629 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch; 1630 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch; 1631 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are 1632 * different. */ 1633 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL) 1634 break; 1635 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j) 1636 { 1637 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be 1638 * equal. */ 1639 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j]) 1640 { 1641 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the 1642 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when 1643 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */ 1644 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL 1645 || six->matches[j] == NULL) 1646 break; 1647 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic 1648 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j], 1649 six->matches[j]) != 0 1650 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0) 1651 break; 1652 } 1653 } 1654 if (j != NSUBEXP) 1655 break; 1656 } 1657 } 1658 if (i < 0) 1659 return TRUE; 1660 } 1661 return FALSE; 1662 } 1663 1664 /* 1665 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below 1666 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below 1667 * the last parsed line. 1668 * The window looks like this: 1669 * line which changed 1670 * displayed line 1671 * displayed line 1672 * lnum -> line below window 1673 */ 1674 void 1675 syntax_end_parsing(lnum) 1676 linenr_T lnum; 1677 { 1678 synstate_T *sp; 1679 1680 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); 1681 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum) 1682 sp = sp->sst_next; 1683 1684 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0) 1685 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum; 1686 } 1687 1688 /* 1689 * End of handling of the state stack. 1690 ****************************************/ 1691 1692 static void 1693 invalidate_current_state() 1694 { 1695 clear_current_state(); 1696 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */ 1697 current_next_list = NULL; 1698 keepend_level = -1; 1699 } 1700 1701 static void 1702 validate_current_state() 1703 { 1704 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T); 1705 current_state.ga_growsize = 3; 1706 } 1707 1708 /* 1709 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time. 1710 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous 1711 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too. 1712 */ 1713 int 1714 syntax_check_changed(lnum) 1715 linenr_T lnum; 1716 { 1717 int retval = TRUE; 1718 synstate_T *sp; 1719 1720 /* 1721 * Check the state stack when: 1722 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line. 1723 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states. 1724 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states. 1725 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line. 1726 */ 1727 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1) 1728 { 1729 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); 1730 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum) 1731 { 1732 /* 1733 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was 1734 * drawn) 1735 */ 1736 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 1737 1738 /* 1739 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of 1740 * the line. 1741 */ 1742 if (syn_stack_equal(sp)) 1743 retval = FALSE; 1744 1745 /* 1746 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use. 1747 */ 1748 ++current_lnum; 1749 (void)store_current_state(); 1750 } 1751 } 1752 1753 return retval; 1754 } 1755 1756 /* 1757 * Finish the current line. 1758 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of 1759 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state 1760 * is valid. 1761 */ 1762 static int 1763 syn_finish_line(syncing) 1764 int syncing; /* called for syncing */ 1765 { 1766 stateitem_T *cur_si; 1767 colnr_T prev_current_col; 1768 1769 if (!current_finished) 1770 { 1771 while (!current_finished) 1772 { 1773 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE); 1774 /* 1775 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item. 1776 */ 1777 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len) 1778 { 1779 /* 1780 * Check for match with sync item. 1781 */ 1782 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1783 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 1784 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags 1785 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))) 1786 return TRUE; 1787 1788 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item 1789 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go 1790 * past the NUL. */ 1791 prev_current_col = current_col; 1792 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) 1793 ++current_col; 1794 check_state_ends(); 1795 current_col = prev_current_col; 1796 } 1797 ++current_col; 1798 } 1799 } 1800 return FALSE; 1801 } 1802 1803 /* 1804 * Return highlight attributes for next character. 1805 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line. 1806 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each 1807 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the 1808 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed. 1809 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be 1810 * done. 1811 */ 1812 int 1813 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state) 1814 colnr_T col; 1815 int *can_spell; 1816 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */ 1817 { 1818 int attr = 0; 1819 1820 if (can_spell != NULL) 1821 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when 1822 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */ 1823 *can_spell = syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT 1824 ? (syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) 1825 : (syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); 1826 1827 /* check for out of memory situation */ 1828 if (syn_block->b_sst_array == NULL) 1829 return 0; 1830 1831 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */ 1832 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc) 1833 { 1834 clear_current_state(); 1835 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 1836 current_id = 0; 1837 current_trans_id = 0; 1838 #endif 1839 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1840 current_flags = 0; 1841 #endif 1842 return 0; 1843 } 1844 1845 /* Make sure current_state is valid */ 1846 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) 1847 validate_current_state(); 1848 1849 /* 1850 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col". 1851 */ 1852 while (current_col <= col) 1853 { 1854 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell, 1855 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE); 1856 ++current_col; 1857 } 1858 1859 return attr; 1860 } 1861 1862 /* 1863 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col. 1864 */ 1865 static int 1866 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state) 1867 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */ 1868 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */ 1869 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */ 1870 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */ 1871 { 1872 int syn_id; 1873 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */ 1874 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */ 1875 lpos_T hl_endpos; 1876 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */ 1877 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */ 1878 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */ 1879 int idx; 1880 synpat_T *spp; 1881 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL; 1882 int startcol; 1883 int endcol; 1884 long flags; 1885 int cchar; 1886 short *next_list; 1887 int found_match; /* found usable match */ 1888 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */ 1889 int do_keywords; 1890 regmmatch_T regmatch; 1891 lpos_T pos; 1892 int lc_col; 1893 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL; 1894 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after 1895 looking for a pattern match! */ 1896 1897 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */ 1898 int keep_next_list; 1899 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE; 1900 garray_T zero_width_next_ga; 1901 1902 /* 1903 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line? 1904 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region). 1905 */ 1906 line = syn_getcurline(); 1907 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0) 1908 { 1909 /* 1910 * If we found a match after the last column, use it. 1911 */ 1912 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col 1913 && next_match_col != MAXCOL) 1914 (void)push_next_match(NULL); 1915 1916 current_finished = TRUE; 1917 current_state_stored = FALSE; 1918 return 0; 1919 } 1920 1921 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */ 1922 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL) 1923 { 1924 current_finished = TRUE; 1925 current_state_stored = FALSE; 1926 } 1927 1928 /* 1929 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used 1930 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in 1931 * the next column. 1932 */ 1933 if (try_next_column) 1934 { 1935 next_match_idx = -1; 1936 try_next_column = FALSE; 1937 } 1938 1939 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */ 1940 do_keywords = !syncing 1941 && (syn_block->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0 1942 || syn_block->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0); 1943 1944 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to 1945 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */ 1946 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10); 1947 1948 /* 1949 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the 1950 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current 1951 * column. 1952 */ 1953 do 1954 { 1955 found_match = FALSE; 1956 keep_next_list = FALSE; 1957 syn_id = 0; 1958 1959 /* 1960 * 1. Check for a current state. 1961 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may 1962 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns. 1963 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the 1964 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!). 1965 */ 1966 if (current_state.ga_len) 1967 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1968 else 1969 cur_si = NULL; 1970 1971 if (syn_block->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL 1972 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL) 1973 { 1974 /* 1975 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword 1976 * char. Don't do this when syncing. 1977 */ 1978 if (do_keywords) 1979 { 1980 line = syn_getcurline(); 1981 if (vim_iswordp_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf) 1982 && (current_col == 0 1983 || !vim_iswordp_buf(line + current_col - 1 1984 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1985 - (has_mbyte 1986 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1) 1987 : 0) 1988 #endif 1989 , syn_buf))) 1990 { 1991 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col, 1992 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si, 1993 &cchar); 1994 if (syn_id != 0) 1995 { 1996 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK) 1997 { 1998 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1999 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 2000 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2001 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */ 2002 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2003 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol; 2004 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2005 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol; 2006 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 2007 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 2008 cur_si->si_flags = flags; 2009 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2010 cur_si->si_seqnr = next_seqnr++; 2011 cur_si->si_cchar = cchar; 2012 if (current_state.ga_len > 1) 2013 cur_si->si_flags |= 2014 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 2).si_flags 2015 & HL_CONCEAL; 2016 #endif 2017 cur_si->si_id = syn_id; 2018 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id; 2019 if (flags & HL_TRANSP) 2020 { 2021 if (current_state.ga_len < 2) 2022 { 2023 cur_si->si_attr = 0; 2024 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0; 2025 } 2026 else 2027 { 2028 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE( 2029 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr; 2030 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE( 2031 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id; 2032 } 2033 } 2034 else 2035 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id); 2036 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL; 2037 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list; 2038 check_keepend(); 2039 } 2040 else 2041 vim_free(next_list); 2042 } 2043 } 2044 } 2045 2046 /* 2047 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found). 2048 */ 2049 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len) 2050 { 2051 /* 2052 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check 2053 * for any match with a pattern. 2054 */ 2055 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col) 2056 { 2057 /* 2058 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this 2059 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a 2060 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to 2061 * avoid doing it when it's not needed. 2062 */ 2063 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */ 2064 next_match_col = MAXCOL; 2065 for (idx = syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 2066 { 2067 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]); 2068 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing 2069 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY)) 2070 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH 2071 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 2072 && (current_next_list != NULL 2073 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, 2074 &spp->sp_syn, 0) 2075 : (cur_si == NULL 2076 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED) 2077 : in_id_list(cur_si, 2078 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn, 2079 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)))) 2080 { 2081 int r; 2082 2083 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and 2084 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip 2085 * this item. */ 2086 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id 2087 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col) 2088 continue; 2089 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id; 2090 2091 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 2092 if (lc_col < 0) 2093 lc_col = 0; 2094 2095 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; 2096 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; 2097 r = syn_regexec(®match, 2098 current_lnum, 2099 (colnr_T)lc_col, 2100 IF_SYN_TIME(&spp->sp_time)); 2101 spp->sp_prog = regmatch.regprog; 2102 if (!r) 2103 { 2104 /* no match in this line, try another one */ 2105 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; 2106 continue; 2107 } 2108 2109 /* 2110 * Compute the first column of the match. 2111 */ 2112 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match, 2113 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1); 2114 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum) 2115 { 2116 /* must have used end of match in a next line, 2117 * we can't handle that */ 2118 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; 2119 continue; 2120 } 2121 startcol = pos.col; 2122 2123 /* remember the next column where this pattern 2124 * matches in the current line */ 2125 spp->sp_startcol = startcol; 2126 2127 /* 2128 * If a previously found match starts at a lower 2129 * column number, don't use this one. 2130 */ 2131 if (startcol >= next_match_col) 2132 continue; 2133 2134 /* 2135 * If we matched this pattern at this position 2136 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next 2137 * column, because it may match from there. 2138 */ 2139 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga)) 2140 { 2141 try_next_column = TRUE; 2142 continue; 2143 } 2144 2145 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; 2146 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 2147 2148 /* Compute the highlight start. */ 2149 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match, 2150 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1); 2151 2152 /* Compute the region start. */ 2153 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */ 2154 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match, 2155 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0); 2156 2157 /* 2158 * Grab the external submatches before they get 2159 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change. 2160 */ 2161 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); 2162 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out; 2163 re_extmatch_out = NULL; 2164 2165 flags = 0; 2166 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */ 2167 eoe_pos.col = 0; 2168 end_idx = 0; 2169 hl_endpos.lnum = 0; 2170 2171 /* 2172 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the 2173 * same line too. Search for it after the end of 2174 * the match with the start pattern. Set the 2175 * resulting end positions at the same time. 2176 */ 2177 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START 2178 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) 2179 { 2180 lpos_T startpos; 2181 2182 startpos = endpos; 2183 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, 2184 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch); 2185 if (endpos.lnum == 0) 2186 continue; /* not found */ 2187 } 2188 2189 /* 2190 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the 2191 * end offset needs has been added. Except when 2192 * syncing. 2193 */ 2194 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) 2195 { 2196 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp, 2197 SPO_HE_OFF, 0); 2198 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp, 2199 SPO_ME_OFF, 0); 2200 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2201 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol) 2202 { 2203 /* 2204 * If an empty string is matched, may need 2205 * to try matching again at next column. 2206 */ 2207 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col 2208 == regmatch.endpos[0].col) 2209 try_next_column = TRUE; 2210 continue; 2211 } 2212 } 2213 2214 /* 2215 * keep the best match so far in next_match_* 2216 */ 2217 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end 2218 * before endpos. */ 2219 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum 2220 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol) 2221 hl_startpos.col = startcol; 2222 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos); 2223 2224 next_match_idx = idx; 2225 next_match_col = startcol; 2226 next_match_m_endpos = endpos; 2227 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos; 2228 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos; 2229 next_match_flags = flags; 2230 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos; 2231 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos; 2232 next_match_end_idx = end_idx; 2233 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); 2234 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch; 2235 cur_extmatch = NULL; 2236 } 2237 } 2238 } 2239 2240 /* 2241 * If we found a match at the current column, use it. 2242 */ 2243 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col) 2244 { 2245 synpat_T *lspp; 2246 2247 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup, 2248 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */ 2249 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[next_match_idx]); 2250 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2251 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col 2252 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL) 2253 { 2254 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list; 2255 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags; 2256 keep_next_list = TRUE; 2257 zero_width_next_list = TRUE; 2258 2259 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check 2260 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an 2261 * endless loop). */ 2262 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK) 2263 { 2264 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data)) 2265 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx; 2266 } 2267 next_match_idx = -1; 2268 } 2269 else 2270 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si); 2271 found_match = TRUE; 2272 } 2273 } 2274 } 2275 2276 /* 2277 * Handle searching for nextgroup match. 2278 */ 2279 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list) 2280 { 2281 /* 2282 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if: 2283 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given 2284 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given 2285 */ 2286 if (!found_match) 2287 { 2288 line = syn_getcurline(); 2289 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 2290 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col])) 2291 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 2292 && *line == NUL)) 2293 break; 2294 } 2295 2296 /* 2297 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for 2298 * contained matches. 2299 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal 2300 * match. 2301 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no 2302 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck). 2303 */ 2304 current_next_list = NULL; 2305 next_match_idx = -1; 2306 if (!zero_width_next_list) 2307 found_match = TRUE; 2308 } 2309 2310 } while (found_match); 2311 2312 /* 2313 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting. 2314 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc. 2315 */ 2316 current_attr = 0; 2317 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2318 current_id = 0; 2319 current_trans_id = 0; 2320 #endif 2321 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2322 current_flags = 0; 2323 #endif 2324 if (cur_si != NULL) 2325 { 2326 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL 2327 int current_trans_id = 0; 2328 #endif 2329 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx) 2330 { 2331 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); 2332 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum 2333 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum 2334 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col)) 2335 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0 2336 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2337 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2338 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col))) 2339 { 2340 current_attr = sip->si_attr; 2341 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2342 current_id = sip->si_id; 2343 #endif 2344 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id; 2345 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2346 current_flags = sip->si_flags; 2347 current_seqnr = sip->si_seqnr; 2348 current_sub_char = sip->si_cchar; 2349 #endif 2350 break; 2351 } 2352 } 2353 2354 if (can_spell != NULL) 2355 { 2356 struct sp_syn sps; 2357 2358 /* 2359 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be 2360 * done in the current item. 2361 */ 2362 if (syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) 2363 { 2364 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without 2365 * @NoSpell cluster. */ 2366 if (syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 2367 || current_trans_id == 0) 2368 *can_spell = (syn_block->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP); 2369 else 2370 { 2371 sps.inc_tag = 0; 2372 sps.id = syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id; 2373 sps.cont_in_list = NULL; 2374 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0); 2375 } 2376 } 2377 else 2378 { 2379 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with 2380 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there. 2381 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel" 2382 * was used. */ 2383 if (current_trans_id == 0) 2384 *can_spell = (syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); 2385 else 2386 { 2387 sps.inc_tag = 0; 2388 sps.id = syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id; 2389 sps.cont_in_list = NULL; 2390 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0); 2391 2392 if (syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0) 2393 { 2394 sps.id = syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id; 2395 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0)) 2396 *can_spell = FALSE; 2397 } 2398 } 2399 } 2400 } 2401 2402 2403 /* 2404 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the 2405 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a 2406 * single character match. 2407 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It 2408 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the 2409 * current column. 2410 */ 2411 if (!syncing && !keep_state) 2412 { 2413 check_state_ends(); 2414 if (current_state.ga_len > 0 2415 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) 2416 { 2417 ++current_col; 2418 check_state_ends(); 2419 --current_col; 2420 } 2421 } 2422 } 2423 else if (can_spell != NULL) 2424 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when 2425 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */ 2426 *can_spell = syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT 2427 ? (syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) 2428 : (syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); 2429 2430 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipempty" present */ 2431 if (current_next_list != NULL 2432 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL 2433 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))) 2434 current_next_list = NULL; 2435 2436 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0) 2437 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga); 2438 2439 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */ 2440 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out); 2441 re_extmatch_out = NULL; 2442 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); 2443 2444 return current_attr; 2445 } 2446 2447 2448 /* 2449 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column. 2450 */ 2451 static int 2452 did_match_already(idx, gap) 2453 int idx; 2454 garray_T *gap; 2455 { 2456 int i; 2457 2458 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 2459 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col 2460 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum 2461 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx) 2462 return TRUE; 2463 2464 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax 2465 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */ 2466 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 2467 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx) 2468 return TRUE; 2469 2470 return FALSE; 2471 } 2472 2473 /* 2474 * Push the next match onto the stack. 2475 */ 2476 static stateitem_T * 2477 push_next_match(cur_si) 2478 stateitem_T *cur_si; 2479 { 2480 synpat_T *spp; 2481 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2482 int save_flags; 2483 #endif 2484 2485 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[next_match_idx]); 2486 2487 /* 2488 * Push the item in current_state stack; 2489 */ 2490 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) 2491 { 2492 /* 2493 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how 2494 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length. 2495 */ 2496 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2497 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; 2498 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 2499 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; 2500 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags; 2501 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2502 cur_si->si_seqnr = next_seqnr++; 2503 cur_si->si_cchar = spp->sp_cchar; 2504 if (current_state.ga_len > 1) 2505 cur_si->si_flags |= 2506 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 2).si_flags & HL_CONCEAL; 2507 #endif 2508 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list; 2509 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); 2510 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) 2511 { 2512 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */ 2513 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE); 2514 check_keepend(); 2515 } 2516 else 2517 { 2518 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos; 2519 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos; 2520 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 2521 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags; 2522 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos; 2523 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx; 2524 } 2525 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 2526 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1; 2527 check_keepend(); 2528 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2529 2530 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2531 save_flags = cur_si->si_flags & (HL_CONCEAL | HL_CONCEALENDS); 2532 #endif 2533 /* 2534 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item 2535 * on the stack for the start pattern. 2536 */ 2537 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START 2538 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0 2539 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) 2540 { 2541 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2542 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; 2543 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 2544 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; 2545 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; 2546 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; 2547 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 2548 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 2549 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH; 2550 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2551 cur_si->si_seqnr = next_seqnr++; 2552 cur_si->si_flags |= save_flags; 2553 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_CONCEALENDS) 2554 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_CONCEAL; 2555 #endif 2556 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL; 2557 check_keepend(); 2558 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2559 } 2560 } 2561 2562 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */ 2563 2564 return cur_si; 2565 } 2566 2567 /* 2568 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it). 2569 */ 2570 static void 2571 check_state_ends() 2572 { 2573 stateitem_T *cur_si; 2574 int had_extend; 2575 2576 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2577 for (;;) 2578 { 2579 if (cur_si->si_ends 2580 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum 2581 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2582 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col))) 2583 { 2584 /* 2585 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern 2586 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack. 2587 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current 2588 * position. 2589 */ 2590 if (cur_si->si_end_idx 2591 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum 2592 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum 2593 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col))) 2594 { 2595 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx; 2596 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 2597 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; 2598 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; 2599 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH; 2600 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 2601 cur_si->si_seqnr = next_seqnr++; 2602 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_CONCEALENDS) 2603 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_CONCEAL; 2604 #endif 2605 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2606 2607 /* nextgroup= should not match in the end pattern */ 2608 current_next_list = NULL; 2609 2610 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */ 2611 next_match_idx = 0; 2612 next_match_col = MAXCOL; 2613 break; 2614 } 2615 else 2616 { 2617 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or 2618 * "skipempty" */ 2619 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list; 2620 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags; 2621 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)) 2622 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) 2623 current_next_list = NULL; 2624 2625 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with 2626 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */ 2627 had_extend = (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND); 2628 2629 pop_current_state(); 2630 2631 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) 2632 break; 2633 2634 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0) 2635 { 2636 syn_update_ends(FALSE); 2637 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) 2638 break; 2639 } 2640 2641 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2642 2643 /* 2644 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after 2645 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match 2646 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues. 2647 * Don't do this when: 2648 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item 2649 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1). 2650 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set) 2651 */ 2652 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 2653 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type 2654 == SPTYPE_START 2655 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND))) 2656 { 2657 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); 2658 check_keepend(); 2659 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL) 2660 && keepend_level < 0 2661 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) 2662 break; 2663 } 2664 } 2665 } 2666 else 2667 break; 2668 } 2669 } 2670 2671 /* 2672 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This 2673 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list. 2674 */ 2675 static void 2676 update_si_attr(idx) 2677 int idx; 2678 { 2679 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); 2680 synpat_T *spp; 2681 2682 /* This should not happen... */ 2683 if (sip->si_idx < 0) 2684 return; 2685 2686 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[sip->si_idx]); 2687 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) 2688 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id; 2689 else 2690 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id; 2691 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id); 2692 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id; 2693 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) 2694 sip->si_cont_list = NULL; 2695 else 2696 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list; 2697 2698 /* 2699 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item. 2700 * Also take cont_list, if there is none. 2701 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern. 2702 */ 2703 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) 2704 { 2705 if (idx == 0) 2706 { 2707 sip->si_attr = 0; 2708 sip->si_trans_id = 0; 2709 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) 2710 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL; 2711 } 2712 else 2713 { 2714 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr; 2715 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id; 2716 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos; 2717 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos; 2718 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) 2719 { 2720 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT; 2721 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list; 2722 } 2723 } 2724 } 2725 } 2726 2727 /* 2728 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag. 2729 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found. 2730 */ 2731 static void 2732 check_keepend() 2733 { 2734 int i; 2735 lpos_T maxpos; 2736 lpos_T maxpos_h; 2737 stateitem_T *sip; 2738 2739 /* 2740 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where 2741 * there really is a keepend. 2742 */ 2743 if (keepend_level < 0) 2744 return; 2745 2746 /* 2747 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that 2748 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be 2749 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally. 2750 */ 2751 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i) 2752 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 2753 break; 2754 2755 maxpos.lnum = 0; 2756 maxpos.col = 0; 2757 maxpos_h.lnum = 0; 2758 maxpos_h.col = 0; 2759 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 2760 { 2761 sip = &CUR_STATE(i); 2762 if (maxpos.lnum != 0) 2763 { 2764 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos); 2765 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h); 2766 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos); 2767 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2768 } 2769 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 2770 { 2771 if (maxpos.lnum == 0 2772 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum 2773 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum 2774 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)) 2775 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos; 2776 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0 2777 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2778 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2779 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col)) 2780 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos; 2781 } 2782 } 2783 } 2784 2785 /* 2786 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern. 2787 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line. 2788 * 2789 * Return the flags for the matched END. 2790 */ 2791 static void 2792 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force) 2793 stateitem_T *sip; 2794 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */ 2795 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */ 2796 { 2797 lpos_T startpos; 2798 lpos_T endpos; 2799 lpos_T hl_endpos; 2800 lpos_T end_endpos; 2801 int end_idx; 2802 2803 /* return quickly for a keyword */ 2804 if (sip->si_idx < 0) 2805 return; 2806 2807 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern 2808 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend" 2809 * from a containing item. */ 2810 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum) 2811 return; 2812 2813 /* 2814 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next 2815 * line. 2816 */ 2817 end_idx = 0; 2818 startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2819 startpos.col = startcol; 2820 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, 2821 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch); 2822 2823 if (endpos.lnum == 0) 2824 { 2825 /* No end pattern matched. */ 2826 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE) 2827 { 2828 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */ 2829 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2830 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2831 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline()); 2832 } 2833 else 2834 { 2835 /* continues in the next line */ 2836 sip->si_ends = FALSE; 2837 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; 2838 } 2839 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos; 2840 } 2841 else 2842 { 2843 /* match within this line */ 2844 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos; 2845 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos; 2846 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos; 2847 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2848 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx; 2849 } 2850 } 2851 2852 /* 2853 * Add a new state to the current state stack. 2854 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx". 2855 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory). 2856 */ 2857 static int 2858 push_current_state(idx) 2859 int idx; 2860 { 2861 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL) 2862 return FAIL; 2863 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T)); 2864 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx; 2865 ++current_state.ga_len; 2866 return OK; 2867 } 2868 2869 /* 2870 * Remove a state from the current_state stack. 2871 */ 2872 static void 2873 pop_current_state() 2874 { 2875 if (current_state.ga_len) 2876 { 2877 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch); 2878 --current_state.ga_len; 2879 } 2880 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */ 2881 next_match_idx = -1; 2882 2883 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */ 2884 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len) 2885 keepend_level = -1; 2886 } 2887 2888 /* 2889 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos". 2890 * Only checks one line. 2891 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line. 2892 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum 2893 * will be 0. 2894 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is 2895 * computed. 2896 */ 2897 static void 2898 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos, 2899 end_idx, start_ext) 2900 int idx; /* index of the pattern */ 2901 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */ 2902 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */ 2903 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */ 2904 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */ 2905 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */ 2906 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */ 2907 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */ 2908 { 2909 colnr_T matchcol; 2910 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip; 2911 int start_idx; 2912 int best_idx; 2913 regmmatch_T regmatch; 2914 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */ 2915 lpos_T pos; 2916 char_u *line; 2917 int had_match = FALSE; 2918 2919 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */ 2920 if (idx < 0) 2921 return; 2922 2923 /* 2924 * Check for being called with a START pattern. 2925 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it 2926 * contained a region. 2927 */ 2928 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]); 2929 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 2930 { 2931 *hl_endpos = *startpos; 2932 return; 2933 } 2934 2935 /* 2936 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern. 2937 */ 2938 for (;;) 2939 { 2940 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]); 2941 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 2942 break; 2943 ++idx; 2944 } 2945 2946 /* 2947 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present) 2948 */ 2949 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) 2950 { 2951 spp_skip = spp; 2952 ++idx; 2953 } 2954 else 2955 spp_skip = NULL; 2956 2957 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */ 2958 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); 2959 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext); 2960 2961 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */ 2962 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */ 2963 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2964 for (;;) 2965 { 2966 /* 2967 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol". 2968 */ 2969 best_idx = -1; 2970 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx) 2971 { 2972 int lc_col = matchcol; 2973 int r; 2974 2975 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]); 2976 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */ 2977 break; 2978 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 2979 if (lc_col < 0) 2980 lc_col = 0; 2981 2982 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; 2983 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; 2984 r = syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col, 2985 IF_SYN_TIME(&spp->sp_time)); 2986 spp->sp_prog = regmatch.regprog; 2987 if (r) 2988 { 2989 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col 2990 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) 2991 { 2992 best_idx = idx; 2993 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0]; 2994 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0]; 2995 } 2996 } 2997 } 2998 2999 /* 3000 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the 3001 * item continues until end-of-line. 3002 */ 3003 if (best_idx == -1) 3004 break; 3005 3006 /* 3007 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern, 3008 * continue searching after the skip pattern. 3009 */ 3010 if (spp_skip != NULL) 3011 { 3012 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 3013 int r; 3014 3015 if (lc_col < 0) 3016 lc_col = 0; 3017 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic; 3018 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog; 3019 r = syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col, 3020 IF_SYN_TIME(&spp_skip->sp_time)); 3021 spp_skip->sp_prog = regmatch.regprog; 3022 if (r && regmatch.startpos[0].col 3023 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) 3024 { 3025 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */ 3026 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); 3027 3028 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no 3029 * match with an end pattern in this line. */ 3030 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum) 3031 break; 3032 3033 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE); 3034 3035 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */ 3036 if (pos.col <= matchcol) 3037 ++matchcol; 3038 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col) 3039 matchcol = pos.col; 3040 else 3041 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */ 3042 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 3043 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col; 3044 ++matchcol) 3045 ; 3046 3047 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */ 3048 if (line[matchcol] == NUL) 3049 break; 3050 3051 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */ 3052 } 3053 } 3054 3055 /* 3056 * Match from start pattern to end pattern. 3057 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern. 3058 */ 3059 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[best_idx]); 3060 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); 3061 /* can't end before the start */ 3062 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col) 3063 m_endpos->col = startpos->col; 3064 3065 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1); 3066 /* can't end before the start */ 3067 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum 3068 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col) 3069 end_endpos->col = startpos->col; 3070 /* can't end after the match */ 3071 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos); 3072 3073 /* 3074 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers. 3075 */ 3076 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0) 3077 { 3078 *end_idx = best_idx; 3079 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT))) 3080 { 3081 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; 3082 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col; 3083 } 3084 else 3085 { 3086 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 3087 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col; 3088 } 3089 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF]; 3090 3091 /* can't end before the start */ 3092 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum 3093 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col) 3094 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col; 3095 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos); 3096 3097 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned 3098 * into the matchgroup for the end */ 3099 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos; 3100 } 3101 else 3102 { 3103 *end_idx = 0; 3104 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos; 3105 } 3106 3107 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags; 3108 3109 had_match = TRUE; 3110 break; 3111 } 3112 3113 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */ 3114 if (!had_match) 3115 m_endpos->lnum = 0; 3116 3117 /* Remove external matches. */ 3118 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); 3119 re_extmatch_in = NULL; 3120 } 3121 3122 /* 3123 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit". 3124 */ 3125 static void 3126 limit_pos(pos, limit) 3127 lpos_T *pos; 3128 lpos_T *limit; 3129 { 3130 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum) 3131 *pos = *limit; 3132 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col) 3133 pos->col = limit->col; 3134 } 3135 3136 /* 3137 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero. 3138 */ 3139 static void 3140 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit) 3141 lpos_T *pos; 3142 lpos_T *limit; 3143 { 3144 if (pos->lnum == 0) 3145 *pos = *limit; 3146 else 3147 limit_pos(pos, limit); 3148 } 3149 3150 /* 3151 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight. 3152 */ 3153 static void 3154 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) 3155 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ 3156 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ 3157 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */ 3158 int idx; /* index of offset */ 3159 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */ 3160 { 3161 int col; 3162 int off; 3163 char_u *base; 3164 char_u *p; 3165 3166 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx)) 3167 { 3168 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; 3169 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col; 3170 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra; 3171 } 3172 else 3173 { 3174 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; 3175 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col; 3176 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx]; 3177 } 3178 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there 3179 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */ 3180 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3181 col = 0; 3182 else if (off != 0) 3183 { 3184 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE); 3185 p = base + col; 3186 if (off > 0) 3187 { 3188 while (off-- > 0 && *p != NUL) 3189 mb_ptr_adv(p); 3190 } 3191 else if (off < 0) 3192 { 3193 while (off++ < 0 && base < p) 3194 mb_ptr_back(base, p); 3195 } 3196 col = (int)(p - base); 3197 } 3198 result->col = col; 3199 } 3200 3201 /* 3202 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight. 3203 * Avoid resulting column to become negative. 3204 */ 3205 static void 3206 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) 3207 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ 3208 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ 3209 synpat_T *spp; 3210 int idx; 3211 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */ 3212 { 3213 int col; 3214 int off; 3215 char_u *base; 3216 char_u *p; 3217 3218 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT))) 3219 { 3220 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; 3221 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col; 3222 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra; 3223 } 3224 else 3225 { 3226 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; 3227 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col; 3228 off = spp->sp_offsets[idx]; 3229 } 3230 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3231 { 3232 /* a "\n" at the end of the pattern may take us below the last line */ 3233 result->lnum = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 3234 col = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE)); 3235 } 3236 if (off != 0) 3237 { 3238 base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE); 3239 p = base + col; 3240 if (off > 0) 3241 { 3242 while (off-- && *p != NUL) 3243 mb_ptr_adv(p); 3244 } 3245 else if (off < 0) 3246 { 3247 while (off++ && base < p) 3248 mb_ptr_back(base, p); 3249 } 3250 col = (int)(p - base); 3251 } 3252 result->col = col; 3253 } 3254 3255 /* 3256 * Get current line in syntax buffer. 3257 */ 3258 static char_u * 3259 syn_getcurline() 3260 { 3261 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE); 3262 } 3263 3264 /* 3265 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf". 3266 * Returns TRUE when there is a match. 3267 */ 3268 static int 3269 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col, st) 3270 regmmatch_T *rmp; 3271 linenr_T lnum; 3272 colnr_T col; 3273 syn_time_T *st UNUSED; 3274 { 3275 int r; 3276 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE 3277 proftime_T pt; 3278 3279 if (syn_time_on) 3280 profile_start(&pt); 3281 #endif 3282 3283 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc; 3284 r = vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL); 3285 3286 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE 3287 if (syn_time_on) 3288 { 3289 profile_end(&pt); 3290 profile_add(&st->total, &pt); 3291 if (profile_cmp(&pt, &st->slowest) < 0) 3292 st->slowest = pt; 3293 ++st->count; 3294 if (r > 0) 3295 ++st->match; 3296 } 3297 #endif 3298 3299 if (r > 0) 3300 { 3301 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum; 3302 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum; 3303 return TRUE; 3304 } 3305 return FALSE; 3306 } 3307 3308 /* 3309 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword. 3310 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol. 3311 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise. 3312 */ 3313 static int 3314 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si, ccharp) 3315 char_u *line; 3316 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */ 3317 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */ 3318 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */ 3319 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */ 3320 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */ 3321 int *ccharp UNUSED; /* conceal substitution char */ 3322 { 3323 keyentry_T *kp; 3324 char_u *kwp; 3325 int round; 3326 int kwlen; 3327 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */ 3328 hashtab_T *ht; 3329 hashitem_T *hi; 3330 3331 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already 3332 * checked. */ 3333 kwp = line + startcol; 3334 kwlen = 0; 3335 do 3336 { 3337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3338 if (has_mbyte) 3339 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen); 3340 else 3341 #endif 3342 ++kwlen; 3343 } 3344 while (vim_iswordp_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf)); 3345 3346 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN) 3347 return 0; 3348 3349 /* 3350 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it 3351 * lowercase. 3352 */ 3353 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen); 3354 3355 /* 3356 * Try twice: 3357 * 1. matching case 3358 * 2. ignoring case 3359 */ 3360 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) 3361 { 3362 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_block->b_keywtab : &syn_block->b_keywtab_ic; 3363 if (ht->ht_used == 0) 3364 continue; 3365 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */ 3366 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1); 3367 3368 /* 3369 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different 3370 * attributes. 3371 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise: 3372 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel. 3373 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list. 3374 */ 3375 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword); 3376 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3377 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next) 3378 { 3379 if (current_next_list != 0 3380 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0) 3381 : (cur_si == NULL 3382 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED) 3383 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list, 3384 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))) 3385 { 3386 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen; 3387 *flagsp = kp->flags; 3388 *next_listp = kp->next_list; 3389 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3390 *ccharp = kp->k_char; 3391 #endif 3392 return kp->k_syn.id; 3393 } 3394 } 3395 } 3396 return 0; 3397 } 3398 3399 /* 3400 * Handle ":syntax conceal" command. 3401 */ 3402 static void 3403 syn_cmd_conceal(eap, syncing) 3404 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; 3405 int syncing UNUSED; 3406 { 3407 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3408 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3409 char_u *next; 3410 3411 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3412 if (eap->skip) 3413 return; 3414 3415 next = skiptowhite(arg); 3416 if (STRNICMP(arg, "on", 2) == 0 && next - arg == 2) 3417 curwin->w_s->b_syn_conceal = TRUE; 3418 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "off", 3) == 0 && next - arg == 3) 3419 curwin->w_s->b_syn_conceal = FALSE; 3420 else 3421 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); 3422 #endif 3423 } 3424 3425 /* 3426 * Handle ":syntax case" command. 3427 */ 3428 static void 3429 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing) 3430 exarg_T *eap; 3431 int syncing UNUSED; 3432 { 3433 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3434 char_u *next; 3435 3436 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3437 if (eap->skip) 3438 return; 3439 3440 next = skiptowhite(arg); 3441 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5) 3442 curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic = FALSE; 3443 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6) 3444 curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic = TRUE; 3445 else 3446 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); 3447 } 3448 3449 /* 3450 * Handle ":syntax spell" command. 3451 */ 3452 static void 3453 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing) 3454 exarg_T *eap; 3455 int syncing UNUSED; 3456 { 3457 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3458 char_u *next; 3459 3460 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3461 if (eap->skip) 3462 return; 3463 3464 next = skiptowhite(arg); 3465 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8) 3466 curwin->w_s->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP; 3467 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10) 3468 curwin->w_s->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP; 3469 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7) 3470 curwin->w_s->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; 3471 else 3472 { 3473 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); 3474 return; 3475 } 3476 3477 /* assume spell checking changed, force a redraw */ 3478 redraw_win_later(curwin, NOT_VALID); 3479 } 3480 3481 /* 3482 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer. 3483 */ 3484 void 3485 syntax_clear(block) 3486 synblock_T *block; 3487 { 3488 int i; 3489 3490 block->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */ 3491 block->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */ 3492 block->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */ 3493 block->b_syn_containedin = FALSE; 3494 3495 /* free the keywords */ 3496 clear_keywtab(&block->b_keywtab); 3497 clear_keywtab(&block->b_keywtab_ic); 3498 3499 /* free the syntax patterns */ 3500 for (i = block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3501 syn_clear_pattern(block, i); 3502 ga_clear(&block->b_syn_patterns); 3503 3504 /* free the syntax clusters */ 3505 for (i = block->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3506 syn_clear_cluster(block, i); 3507 ga_clear(&block->b_syn_clusters); 3508 block->b_spell_cluster_id = 0; 3509 block->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0; 3510 3511 block->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; 3512 block->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; 3513 block->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 3514 block->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; 3515 3516 vim_regfree(block->b_syn_linecont_prog); 3517 block->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; 3518 vim_free(block->b_syn_linecont_pat); 3519 block->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 3520 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3521 block->b_syn_folditems = 0; 3522 #endif 3523 3524 /* free the stored states */ 3525 syn_stack_free_all(block); 3526 invalidate_current_state(); 3527 3528 /* Reset the counter for ":syn include" */ 3529 running_syn_inc_tag = 0; 3530 } 3531 3532 /* 3533 * Get rid of ownsyntax for window "wp". 3534 */ 3535 void 3536 reset_synblock(wp) 3537 win_T *wp; 3538 { 3539 if (wp->w_s != &wp->w_buffer->b_s) 3540 { 3541 syntax_clear(wp->w_s); 3542 vim_free(wp->w_s); 3543 wp->w_s = &wp->w_buffer->b_s; 3544 } 3545 } 3546 3547 /* 3548 * Clear syncing info for one buffer. 3549 */ 3550 static void 3551 syntax_sync_clear() 3552 { 3553 int i; 3554 3555 /* free the syntax patterns */ 3556 for (i = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3557 if (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[i].sp_syncing) 3558 syn_remove_pattern(curwin->w_s, i); 3559 3560 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; 3561 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; 3562 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 3563 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; 3564 3565 vim_regfree(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog); 3566 curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; 3567 vim_free(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat); 3568 curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 3569 3570 syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 3571 } 3572 3573 /* 3574 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list. 3575 */ 3576 static void 3577 syn_remove_pattern(block, idx) 3578 synblock_T *block; 3579 int idx; 3580 { 3581 synpat_T *spp; 3582 3583 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(block)[idx]); 3584 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3585 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD) 3586 --block->b_syn_folditems; 3587 #endif 3588 syn_clear_pattern(block, idx); 3589 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1, 3590 sizeof(synpat_T) * (block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1)); 3591 --block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 3592 } 3593 3594 /* 3595 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from 3596 * last to first! 3597 */ 3598 static void 3599 syn_clear_pattern(block, i) 3600 synblock_T *block; 3601 int i; 3602 { 3603 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_pattern); 3604 vim_regfree(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_prog); 3605 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */ 3606 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(block)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 3607 { 3608 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_cont_list); 3609 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_next_list); 3610 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list); 3611 } 3612 } 3613 3614 /* 3615 * Clear and free one syntax cluster. 3616 */ 3617 static void 3618 syn_clear_cluster(block, i) 3619 synblock_T *block; 3620 int i; 3621 { 3622 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(block)[i].scl_name); 3623 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(block)[i].scl_name_u); 3624 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(block)[i].scl_list); 3625 } 3626 3627 /* 3628 * Handle ":syntax clear" command. 3629 */ 3630 static void 3631 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing) 3632 exarg_T *eap; 3633 int syncing; 3634 { 3635 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3636 char_u *arg_end; 3637 int id; 3638 3639 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3640 if (eap->skip) 3641 return; 3642 3643 /* 3644 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename", 3645 * because otherwise @group would get deleted. 3646 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn 3647 * clear". 3648 */ 3649 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp != 0) 3650 return; 3651 3652 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) 3653 { 3654 /* 3655 * No argument: Clear all syntax items. 3656 */ 3657 if (syncing) 3658 syntax_sync_clear(); 3659 else 3660 { 3661 syntax_clear(curwin->w_s); 3662 if (curwin->w_s == &curwin->w_buffer->b_s) 3663 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE); 3664 do_unlet((char_u *)"w:current_syntax", TRUE); 3665 } 3666 } 3667 else 3668 { 3669 /* 3670 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument. 3671 */ 3672 while (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 3673 { 3674 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); 3675 if (*arg == '@') 3676 { 3677 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); 3678 if (id == 0) 3679 { 3680 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); 3681 break; 3682 } 3683 else 3684 { 3685 /* 3686 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing 3687 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing 3688 * and make it empty. 3689 */ 3690 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER; 3691 3692 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_list); 3693 SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL; 3694 } 3695 } 3696 else 3697 { 3698 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); 3699 if (id == 0) 3700 { 3701 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); 3702 break; 3703 } 3704 else 3705 syn_clear_one(id, syncing); 3706 } 3707 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 3708 } 3709 } 3710 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); 3711 syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 3712 } 3713 3714 /* 3715 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer. 3716 */ 3717 static void 3718 syn_clear_one(id, syncing) 3719 int id; 3720 int syncing; 3721 { 3722 synpat_T *spp; 3723 int idx; 3724 3725 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */ 3726 if (!syncing) 3727 { 3728 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab); 3729 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab_ic); 3730 } 3731 3732 /* clear the patterns for "id" */ 3733 for (idx = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 3734 { 3735 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx]); 3736 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) 3737 continue; 3738 syn_remove_pattern(curwin->w_s, idx); 3739 } 3740 } 3741 3742 /* 3743 * Handle ":syntax on" command. 3744 */ 3745 static void 3746 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing) 3747 exarg_T *eap; 3748 int syncing UNUSED; 3749 { 3750 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); 3751 } 3752 3753 /* 3754 * Handle ":syntax enable" command. 3755 */ 3756 static void 3757 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing) 3758 exarg_T *eap; 3759 int syncing UNUSED; 3760 { 3761 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable"); 3762 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); 3763 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE); 3764 } 3765 3766 /* 3767 * Handle ":syntax reset" command. 3768 */ 3769 static void 3770 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing) 3771 exarg_T *eap; 3772 int syncing UNUSED; 3773 { 3774 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); 3775 if (!eap->skip) 3776 { 3777 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset"); 3778 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim"); 3779 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE); 3780 } 3781 } 3782 3783 /* 3784 * Handle ":syntax manual" command. 3785 */ 3786 static void 3787 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing) 3788 exarg_T *eap; 3789 int syncing UNUSED; 3790 { 3791 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual"); 3792 } 3793 3794 /* 3795 * Handle ":syntax off" command. 3796 */ 3797 static void 3798 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing) 3799 exarg_T *eap; 3800 int syncing UNUSED; 3801 { 3802 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax"); 3803 } 3804 3805 static void 3806 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name) 3807 exarg_T *eap; 3808 char *name; 3809 { 3810 char_u buf[100]; 3811 3812 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); 3813 if (!eap->skip) 3814 { 3815 STRCPY(buf, "so "); 3816 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name); 3817 do_cmdline_cmd(buf); 3818 } 3819 } 3820 3821 /* 3822 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words. 3823 */ 3824 static void 3825 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing) 3826 exarg_T *eap; 3827 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ 3828 { 3829 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3830 int id; 3831 char_u *arg_end; 3832 3833 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3834 if (eap->skip) 3835 return; 3836 3837 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) 3838 { 3839 MSG(_(msg_no_items)); 3840 return; 3841 } 3842 3843 if (syncing) 3844 { 3845 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) 3846 { 3847 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments")); 3848 syn_lines_msg(); 3849 syn_match_msg(); 3850 return; 3851 } 3852 else if (!(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)) 3853 { 3854 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0) 3855 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing")); 3856 else 3857 { 3858 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts ")); 3859 msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines); 3860 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); 3861 syn_match_msg(); 3862 } 3863 return; 3864 } 3865 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---")); 3866 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0 3867 || curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 3868 || curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) 3869 { 3870 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items")); 3871 syn_lines_msg(); 3872 syn_match_msg(); 3873 } 3874 } 3875 else 3876 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---")); 3877 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) 3878 { 3879 /* 3880 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters. 3881 */ 3882 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) 3883 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE); 3884 for (id = 0; id < curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) 3885 syn_list_cluster(id); 3886 } 3887 else 3888 { 3889 /* 3890 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument. 3891 */ 3892 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 3893 { 3894 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); 3895 if (*arg == '@') 3896 { 3897 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); 3898 if (id == 0) 3899 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); 3900 else 3901 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER); 3902 } 3903 else 3904 { 3905 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); 3906 if (id == 0) 3907 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); 3908 else 3909 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE); 3910 } 3911 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 3912 } 3913 } 3914 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 3915 } 3916 3917 static void 3918 syn_lines_msg() 3919 { 3920 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 3921 || curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) 3922 { 3923 MSG_PUTS("; "); 3924 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) 3925 { 3926 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal ")); 3927 msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines); 3928 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 3929 MSG_PUTS(", "); 3930 } 3931 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0) 3932 { 3933 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal ")); 3934 msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines); 3935 } 3936 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); 3937 } 3938 } 3939 3940 static void 3941 syn_match_msg() 3942 { 3943 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) 3944 { 3945 MSG_PUTS(_("; match ")); 3946 msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks); 3947 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks")); 3948 } 3949 } 3950 3951 static int last_matchgroup; 3952 3953 struct name_list 3954 { 3955 int flag; 3956 char *name; 3957 }; 3958 3959 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr)); 3960 3961 /* 3962 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". 3963 */ 3964 static void 3965 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only) 3966 int id; 3967 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ 3968 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */ 3969 { 3970 int attr; 3971 int idx; 3972 int did_header = FALSE; 3973 synpat_T *spp; 3974 static struct name_list namelist1[] = 3975 { 3976 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"}, 3977 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"}, 3978 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"}, 3979 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"}, 3980 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"}, 3981 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"}, 3982 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"}, 3983 {HL_FOLD, "fold"}, 3984 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3985 {HL_CONCEAL, "conceal"}, 3986 {HL_CONCEALENDS, "concealends"}, 3987 #endif 3988 {0, NULL} 3989 }; 3990 static struct name_list namelist2[] = 3991 { 3992 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"}, 3993 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"}, 3994 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"}, 3995 {0, NULL} 3996 }; 3997 3998 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */ 3999 4000 /* list the keywords for "id" */ 4001 if (!syncing) 4002 { 4003 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr); 4004 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab_ic, 4005 did_header, attr); 4006 } 4007 4008 /* list the patterns for "id" */ 4009 for (idx = 0; idx < curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx) 4010 { 4011 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx]); 4012 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) 4013 continue; 4014 4015 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); 4016 did_header = TRUE; 4017 last_matchgroup = 0; 4018 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) 4019 { 4020 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr); 4021 msg_putchar(' '); 4022 } 4023 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 4024 { 4025 while (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 4026 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx++], attr); 4027 if (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) 4028 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx++], attr); 4029 while (idx < curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len 4030 && SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END) 4031 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx++], attr); 4032 --idx; 4033 msg_putchar(' '); 4034 } 4035 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr); 4036 4037 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL) 4038 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr); 4039 4040 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL) 4041 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", 4042 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr); 4043 4044 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL) 4045 { 4046 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr); 4047 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr); 4048 } 4049 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) 4050 { 4051 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) 4052 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr); 4053 else 4054 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr); 4055 msg_putchar(' '); 4056 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0) 4057 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s) 4058 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name); 4059 else 4060 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 4061 msg_putchar(' '); 4062 } 4063 } 4064 4065 /* list the link, if there is one */ 4066 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int) 4067 { 4068 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); 4069 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr); 4070 msg_putchar(' '); 4071 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); 4072 } 4073 } 4074 4075 static void 4076 syn_list_flags(nlist, flags, attr) 4077 struct name_list *nlist; 4078 int flags; 4079 int attr; 4080 { 4081 int i; 4082 4083 for (i = 0; nlist[i].flag != 0; ++i) 4084 if (flags & nlist[i].flag) 4085 { 4086 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nlist[i].name, attr); 4087 msg_putchar(' '); 4088 } 4089 } 4090 4091 /* 4092 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". 4093 */ 4094 static void 4095 syn_list_cluster(id) 4096 int id; 4097 { 4098 int endcol = 15; 4099 4100 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */ 4101 msg_putchar('\n'); 4102 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[id].scl_name); 4103 4104 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ 4105 endcol = msg_col + 1; 4106 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ 4107 endcol = Columns - 1; 4108 4109 msg_advance(endcol); 4110 if (SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[id].scl_list != NULL) 4111 { 4112 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[id].scl_list, 4113 hl_attr(HLF_D)); 4114 } 4115 else 4116 { 4117 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 4118 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE"); 4119 } 4120 } 4121 4122 static void 4123 put_id_list(name, list, attr) 4124 char_u *name; 4125 short *list; 4126 int attr; 4127 { 4128 short *p; 4129 4130 msg_puts_attr(name, attr); 4131 msg_putchar('='); 4132 for (p = list; *p; ++p) 4133 { 4134 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP) 4135 { 4136 if (p[1]) 4137 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT"); 4138 else 4139 MSG_PUTS("ALL"); 4140 } 4141 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED) 4142 { 4143 MSG_PUTS("TOP"); 4144 } 4145 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER) 4146 { 4147 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED"); 4148 } 4149 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 4150 { 4151 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER; 4152 4153 msg_putchar('@'); 4154 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_name); 4155 } 4156 else 4157 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name); 4158 if (p[1]) 4159 msg_putchar(','); 4160 } 4161 msg_putchar(' '); 4162 } 4163 4164 static void 4165 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr) 4166 char *s; 4167 int c; 4168 synpat_T *spp; 4169 int attr; 4170 { 4171 long n; 4172 int mask; 4173 int first; 4174 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&"; 4175 int i; 4176 4177 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */ 4178 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id) 4179 { 4180 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id; 4181 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr); 4182 msg_putchar('='); 4183 if (last_matchgroup == 0) 4184 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE"); 4185 else 4186 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name); 4187 msg_putchar(' '); 4188 } 4189 4190 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */ 4191 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr); 4192 msg_putchar(c); 4193 4194 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */ 4195 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; ) 4196 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL) 4197 { 4198 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */ 4199 break; 4200 } 4201 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); 4202 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern); 4203 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); 4204 4205 /* output any pattern options */ 4206 first = TRUE; 4207 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i) 4208 { 4209 mask = (1 << i); 4210 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT))) 4211 { 4212 if (!first) 4213 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */ 4214 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]); 4215 n = spp->sp_offsets[i]; 4216 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF) 4217 { 4218 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask) 4219 msg_putchar('s'); 4220 else 4221 msg_putchar('e'); 4222 if (n > 0) 4223 msg_putchar('+'); 4224 } 4225 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF) 4226 msg_outnum(n); 4227 first = FALSE; 4228 } 4229 } 4230 msg_putchar(' '); 4231 } 4232 4233 /* 4234 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group. 4235 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed. 4236 */ 4237 static int 4238 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr) 4239 int id; 4240 hashtab_T *ht; 4241 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */ 4242 int attr; 4243 { 4244 int outlen; 4245 hashitem_T *hi; 4246 keyentry_T *kp; 4247 int todo; 4248 int prev_contained = 0; 4249 short *prev_next_list = NULL; 4250 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL; 4251 int prev_skipnl = 0; 4252 int prev_skipwhite = 0; 4253 int prev_skipempty = 0; 4254 4255 /* 4256 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on 4257 * hash value... 4258 */ 4259 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 4260 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 4261 { 4262 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 4263 { 4264 --todo; 4265 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next) 4266 { 4267 if (kp->k_syn.id == id) 4268 { 4269 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED) 4270 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL) 4271 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 4272 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 4273 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list 4274 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list) 4275 outlen = 9999; 4276 else 4277 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword); 4278 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */ 4279 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)) 4280 { 4281 prev_contained = 0; 4282 prev_next_list = NULL; 4283 prev_cont_in_list = NULL; 4284 prev_skipnl = 0; 4285 prev_skipwhite = 0; 4286 prev_skipempty = 0; 4287 } 4288 did_header = TRUE; 4289 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)) 4290 { 4291 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr); 4292 msg_putchar(' '); 4293 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED); 4294 } 4295 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list) 4296 { 4297 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", 4298 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr); 4299 msg_putchar(' '); 4300 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list; 4301 } 4302 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list) 4303 { 4304 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr); 4305 msg_putchar(' '); 4306 prev_next_list = kp->next_list; 4307 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL) 4308 { 4309 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr); 4310 msg_putchar(' '); 4311 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL); 4312 } 4313 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 4314 { 4315 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr); 4316 msg_putchar(' '); 4317 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE); 4318 } 4319 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 4320 { 4321 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr); 4322 msg_putchar(' '); 4323 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY); 4324 } 4325 } 4326 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword); 4327 } 4328 } 4329 } 4330 } 4331 4332 return did_header; 4333 } 4334 4335 static void 4336 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht) 4337 int id; 4338 hashtab_T *ht; 4339 { 4340 hashitem_T *hi; 4341 keyentry_T *kp; 4342 keyentry_T *kp_prev; 4343 keyentry_T *kp_next; 4344 int todo; 4345 4346 hash_lock(ht); 4347 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 4348 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 4349 { 4350 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 4351 { 4352 --todo; 4353 kp_prev = NULL; 4354 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; ) 4355 { 4356 if (kp->k_syn.id == id) 4357 { 4358 kp_next = kp->ke_next; 4359 if (kp_prev == NULL) 4360 { 4361 if (kp_next == NULL) 4362 hash_remove(ht, hi); 4363 else 4364 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next); 4365 } 4366 else 4367 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next; 4368 vim_free(kp->next_list); 4369 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list); 4370 vim_free(kp); 4371 kp = kp_next; 4372 } 4373 else 4374 { 4375 kp_prev = kp; 4376 kp = kp->ke_next; 4377 } 4378 } 4379 } 4380 } 4381 hash_unlock(ht); 4382 } 4383 4384 /* 4385 * Clear a whole keyword table. 4386 */ 4387 static void 4388 clear_keywtab(ht) 4389 hashtab_T *ht; 4390 { 4391 hashitem_T *hi; 4392 int todo; 4393 keyentry_T *kp; 4394 keyentry_T *kp_next; 4395 4396 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 4397 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 4398 { 4399 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 4400 { 4401 --todo; 4402 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next) 4403 { 4404 kp_next = kp->ke_next; 4405 vim_free(kp->next_list); 4406 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list); 4407 vim_free(kp); 4408 } 4409 } 4410 } 4411 hash_clear(ht); 4412 hash_init(ht); 4413 } 4414 4415 /* 4416 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords. 4417 */ 4418 static void 4419 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list, conceal_char) 4420 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */ 4421 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */ 4422 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */ 4423 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */ 4424 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */ 4425 int conceal_char; 4426 { 4427 keyentry_T *kp; 4428 hashtab_T *ht; 4429 hashitem_T *hi; 4430 char_u *name_ic; 4431 long_u hash; 4432 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; 4433 4434 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic) 4435 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name), 4436 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1); 4437 else 4438 name_ic = name; 4439 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic))); 4440 if (kp == NULL) 4441 return; 4442 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic); 4443 kp->k_syn.id = id; 4444 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4445 kp->flags = flags; 4446 kp->k_char = conceal_char; 4447 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list); 4448 if (cont_in_list != NULL) 4449 curwin->w_s->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 4450 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list); 4451 4452 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic) 4453 ht = &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab_ic; 4454 else 4455 ht = &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab; 4456 4457 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword); 4458 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash); 4459 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 4460 { 4461 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */ 4462 kp->ke_next = NULL; 4463 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash); 4464 } 4465 else 4466 { 4467 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */ 4468 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi); 4469 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp); 4470 } 4471 } 4472 4473 /* 4474 * Get the start and end of the group name argument. 4475 * Return a pointer to the first argument. 4476 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args. 4477 */ 4478 static char_u * 4479 get_group_name(arg, name_end) 4480 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */ 4481 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */ 4482 { 4483 char_u *rest; 4484 4485 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg); 4486 rest = skipwhite(*name_end); 4487 4488 /* 4489 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a 4490 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL. 4491 */ 4492 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL) 4493 return NULL; 4494 return rest; 4495 } 4496 4497 /* 4498 * Check for syntax command option arguments. 4499 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks 4500 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to 4501 * collect all options in between other arguments. 4502 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option). 4503 * Return NULL for any error; 4504 */ 4505 static char_u * 4506 get_syn_options(arg, opt, conceal_char) 4507 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */ 4508 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */ 4509 int *conceal_char UNUSED; 4510 { 4511 char_u *gname_start, *gname; 4512 int syn_id; 4513 int len; 4514 char *p; 4515 int i; 4516 int fidx; 4517 static struct flag 4518 { 4519 char *name; 4520 int argtype; 4521 int flags; 4522 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED}, 4523 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE}, 4524 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND}, 4525 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND}, 4526 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL}, 4527 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP}, 4528 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL}, 4529 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE}, 4530 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY}, 4531 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE}, 4532 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE}, 4533 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY}, 4534 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD}, 4535 {"cCoOnNcCeEaAlL", 0, HL_CONCEAL}, 4536 {"cCoOnNcCeEaAlLeEnNdDsS", 0, HL_CONCEALENDS}, 4537 {"cCcChHaArR", 11, 0}, 4538 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0}, 4539 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0}, 4540 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0}, 4541 }; 4542 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN"; 4543 4544 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */ 4545 return NULL; 4546 4547 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4548 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_conceal) 4549 opt->flags |= HL_CONCEAL; 4550 #endif 4551 4552 for (;;) 4553 { 4554 /* 4555 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined. 4556 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found. 4557 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow. 4558 */ 4559 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL) 4560 break; 4561 4562 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; ) 4563 { 4564 p = flagtab[fidx].name; 4565 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len) 4566 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1]) 4567 break; 4568 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len]) 4569 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0 4570 ? arg[len] == '=' 4571 : ends_excmd(arg[len])))) 4572 { 4573 if (opt->keyword 4574 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY 4575 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD 4576 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND)) 4577 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */ 4578 fidx = -1; 4579 break; 4580 } 4581 } 4582 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */ 4583 break; 4584 4585 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1) 4586 { 4587 if (!opt->has_cont_list) 4588 { 4589 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here")); 4590 return NULL; 4591 } 4592 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL) 4593 return NULL; 4594 } 4595 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2) 4596 { 4597 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL) 4598 return NULL; 4599 } 4600 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3) 4601 { 4602 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL) 4603 return NULL; 4604 } 4605 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 11 && arg[5] == '=') 4606 { 4607 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4608 /* cchar=? */ 4609 if (has_mbyte) 4610 { 4611 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4612 *conceal_char = mb_ptr2char(arg + 6); 4613 # endif 4614 arg += mb_ptr2len(arg + 6) - 1; 4615 } 4616 else 4617 #endif 4618 { 4619 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4620 *conceal_char = arg[6]; 4621 #else 4622 ; 4623 #endif 4624 } 4625 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4626 if (!vim_isprintc_strict(*conceal_char)) 4627 { 4628 EMSG(_("E844: invalid cchar value")); 4629 return NULL; 4630 } 4631 #endif 4632 arg = skipwhite(arg + 7); 4633 } 4634 else 4635 { 4636 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags; 4637 arg = skipwhite(arg + len); 4638 4639 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE 4640 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE) 4641 { 4642 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL) 4643 { 4644 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here")); 4645 return NULL; 4646 } 4647 gname_start = arg; 4648 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 4649 if (gname_start == arg) 4650 return NULL; 4651 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start)); 4652 if (gname == NULL) 4653 return NULL; 4654 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0) 4655 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX; 4656 else 4657 { 4658 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname); 4659 for (i = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 4660 if (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id 4661 && SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 4662 { 4663 *opt->sync_idx = i; 4664 break; 4665 } 4666 if (i < 0) 4667 { 4668 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname); 4669 vim_free(gname); 4670 return NULL; 4671 } 4672 } 4673 4674 vim_free(gname); 4675 arg = skipwhite(arg); 4676 } 4677 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4678 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD 4679 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin)) 4680 /* Need to update folds later. */ 4681 foldUpdateAll(curwin); 4682 #endif 4683 } 4684 } 4685 4686 return arg; 4687 } 4688 4689 /* 4690 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file. 4691 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it 4692 * to the specified top-level group, if any. 4693 */ 4694 static void 4695 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp) 4696 int id; 4697 int *flagsp; 4698 { 4699 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp == 0) 4700 return; 4701 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED; 4702 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 4703 { 4704 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */ 4705 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short))); 4706 int tlg_id = curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER; 4707 4708 if (grp_list != NULL) 4709 { 4710 grp_list[0] = id; 4711 grp_list[1] = 0; 4712 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list, 4713 CLUSTER_ADD); 4714 } 4715 } 4716 } 4717 4718 /* 4719 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command. 4720 */ 4721 static void 4722 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing) 4723 exarg_T *eap; 4724 int syncing UNUSED; 4725 { 4726 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4727 int sgl_id = 1; 4728 char_u *group_name_end; 4729 char_u *rest; 4730 char_u *errormsg = NULL; 4731 int prev_toplvl_grp; 4732 int prev_syn_inc_tag; 4733 int source = FALSE; 4734 4735 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 4736 if (eap->skip) 4737 return; 4738 4739 if (arg[0] == '@') 4740 { 4741 ++arg; 4742 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4743 if (rest == NULL) 4744 { 4745 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required")); 4746 return; 4747 } 4748 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); 4749 if (sgl_id == 0) 4750 return; 4751 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */ 4752 eap->arg = rest; 4753 } 4754 4755 /* 4756 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the 4757 * filename to include. 4758 */ 4759 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC); 4760 separate_nextcmd(eap); 4761 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg)) 4762 { 4763 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the 4764 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases 4765 * ":runtime!" is used. */ 4766 source = TRUE; 4767 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL) 4768 { 4769 if (errormsg != NULL) 4770 EMSG(errormsg); 4771 return; 4772 } 4773 } 4774 4775 /* 4776 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn 4777 * include" tag around the actual inclusion. 4778 */ 4779 if (running_syn_inc_tag >= MAX_SYN_INC_TAG) 4780 { 4781 EMSG((char_u *)_("E847: Too many syntax includes")); 4782 return; 4783 } 4784 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4785 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag; 4786 prev_toplvl_grp = curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp; 4787 curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id; 4788 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL 4789 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL) 4790 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg); 4791 curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp; 4792 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag; 4793 } 4794 4795 /* 4796 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command. 4797 */ 4798 static void 4799 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing) 4800 exarg_T *eap; 4801 int syncing UNUSED; 4802 { 4803 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4804 char_u *group_name_end; 4805 int syn_id; 4806 char_u *rest; 4807 char_u *keyword_copy = NULL; 4808 char_u *p; 4809 char_u *kw; 4810 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; 4811 int cnt; 4812 int conceal_char = NUL; 4813 4814 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4815 4816 if (rest != NULL) 4817 { 4818 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); 4819 if (syn_id != 0) 4820 /* allocate a buffer, for removing backslashes in the keyword */ 4821 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1); 4822 if (keyword_copy != NULL) 4823 { 4824 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; 4825 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE; 4826 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL; 4827 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE; 4828 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; 4829 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; 4830 4831 /* 4832 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be 4833 * found before keywords can be created. 4834 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy. 4835 */ 4836 cnt = 0; 4837 p = keyword_copy; 4838 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest)) 4839 { 4840 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char); 4841 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) 4842 break; 4843 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */ 4844 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest)) 4845 { 4846 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL) 4847 ++rest; 4848 *p++ = *rest++; 4849 } 4850 *p++ = NUL; 4851 ++cnt; 4852 } 4853 4854 if (!eap->skip) 4855 { 4856 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */ 4857 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); 4858 4859 /* 4860 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword. 4861 */ 4862 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1) 4863 { 4864 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; ) 4865 { 4866 if (p != NULL) 4867 *p = NUL; 4868 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags, 4869 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list, 4870 syn_opt_arg.next_list, conceal_char); 4871 if (p == NULL) 4872 break; 4873 if (p[1] == NUL) 4874 { 4875 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw); 4876 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */ 4877 break; 4878 } 4879 if (p[1] == ']') 4880 { 4881 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */ 4882 break; 4883 } 4884 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4885 if (has_mbyte) 4886 { 4887 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1); 4888 4889 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l); 4890 p += l; 4891 } 4892 else 4893 #endif 4894 { 4895 p[0] = p[1]; 4896 ++p; 4897 } 4898 } 4899 } 4900 } 4901 4902 vim_free(keyword_copy); 4903 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); 4904 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); 4905 } 4906 } 4907 4908 if (rest != NULL) 4909 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4910 else 4911 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 4912 4913 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); 4914 syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 4915 } 4916 4917 /* 4918 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]". 4919 * 4920 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .." 4921 */ 4922 static void 4923 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing) 4924 exarg_T *eap; 4925 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */ 4926 { 4927 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4928 char_u *group_name_end; 4929 char_u *rest; 4930 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */ 4931 int syn_id; 4932 int idx; 4933 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; 4934 int sync_idx = 0; 4935 int conceal_char = NUL; 4936 4937 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ 4938 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4939 4940 /* Get options before the pattern */ 4941 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; 4942 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE; 4943 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL; 4944 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE; 4945 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL; 4946 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; 4947 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; 4948 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char); 4949 4950 /* get the pattern. */ 4951 init_syn_patterns(); 4952 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item)); 4953 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item); 4954 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) 4955 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; 4956 4957 /* Get options after the pattern */ 4958 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char); 4959 4960 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */ 4961 { 4962 /* 4963 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments. 4964 */ 4965 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4966 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) 4967 rest = NULL; 4968 else if (ga_grow(&curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL 4969 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, 4970 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) 4971 { 4972 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); 4973 /* 4974 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list 4975 */ 4976 idx = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4977 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx] = item; 4978 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; 4979 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH; 4980 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; 4981 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4982 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags; 4983 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx; 4984 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list; 4985 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = 4986 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list; 4987 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4988 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_cchar = conceal_char; 4989 #endif 4990 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL) 4991 curwin->w_s->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 4992 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list; 4993 ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4994 4995 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */ 4996 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) 4997 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH; 4998 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4999 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD) 5000 ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_folditems; 5001 #endif 5002 5003 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); 5004 syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 5005 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ 5006 } 5007 } 5008 5009 /* 5010 * Something failed, free the allocated memory. 5011 */ 5012 vim_regfree(item.sp_prog); 5013 vim_free(item.sp_pattern); 5014 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list); 5015 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); 5016 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); 5017 5018 if (rest == NULL) 5019 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 5020 } 5021 5022 /* 5023 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}] 5024 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]". 5025 */ 5026 static void 5027 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing) 5028 exarg_T *eap; 5029 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */ 5030 { 5031 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 5032 char_u *group_name_end; 5033 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */ 5034 char_u *key_end; 5035 char_u *key = NULL; 5036 char_u *p; 5037 int item; 5038 #define ITEM_START 0 5039 #define ITEM_SKIP 1 5040 #define ITEM_END 2 5041 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3 5042 struct pat_ptr 5043 { 5044 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */ 5045 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */ 5046 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */ 5047 } *(pat_ptrs[3]); 5048 /* patterns found in the line */ 5049 struct pat_ptr *ppp; 5050 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next; 5051 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */ 5052 int syn_id; 5053 int matchgroup_id = 0; 5054 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */ 5055 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */ 5056 int success = FALSE; 5057 int idx; 5058 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; 5059 int conceal_char = NUL; 5060 5061 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ 5062 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 5063 5064 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL; 5065 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL; 5066 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL; 5067 5068 init_syn_patterns(); 5069 5070 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; 5071 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE; 5072 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL; 5073 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE; 5074 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL; 5075 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; 5076 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; 5077 5078 /* 5079 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup. 5080 */ 5081 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest)) 5082 { 5083 /* Check for option arguments */ 5084 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char); 5085 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) 5086 break; 5087 5088 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */ 5089 key_end = rest; 5090 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=') 5091 ++key_end; 5092 vim_free(key); 5093 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest)); 5094 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */ 5095 { 5096 rest = NULL; 5097 break; 5098 } 5099 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0) 5100 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP; 5101 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0) 5102 item = ITEM_START; 5103 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0) 5104 item = ITEM_END; 5105 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0) 5106 { 5107 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */ 5108 { 5109 illegal = TRUE; 5110 break; 5111 } 5112 item = ITEM_SKIP; 5113 } 5114 else 5115 break; 5116 rest = skipwhite(key_end); 5117 if (*rest != '=') 5118 { 5119 rest = NULL; 5120 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg); 5121 break; 5122 } 5123 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1); 5124 if (*rest == NUL) 5125 { 5126 not_enough = TRUE; 5127 break; 5128 } 5129 5130 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP) 5131 { 5132 p = skiptowhite(rest); 5133 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip) 5134 matchgroup_id = 0; 5135 else 5136 { 5137 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest)); 5138 if (matchgroup_id == 0) 5139 { 5140 illegal = TRUE; 5141 break; 5142 } 5143 } 5144 rest = skipwhite(p); 5145 } 5146 else 5147 { 5148 /* 5149 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of 5150 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is 5151 * used from end to start). 5152 */ 5153 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr)); 5154 if (ppp == NULL) 5155 { 5156 rest = NULL; 5157 break; 5158 } 5159 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item]; 5160 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp; 5161 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T)); 5162 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL) 5163 { 5164 rest = NULL; 5165 break; 5166 } 5167 5168 /* 5169 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s). 5170 */ 5171 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */ 5172 if (item == ITEM_START) 5173 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET; 5174 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END) 5175 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE; 5176 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp); 5177 reg_do_extmatch = 0; 5178 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol() 5179 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) 5180 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; 5181 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id; 5182 ++pat_count; 5183 } 5184 } 5185 vim_free(key); 5186 if (illegal || not_enough) 5187 rest = NULL; 5188 5189 /* 5190 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern. 5191 */ 5192 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL || 5193 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL)) 5194 { 5195 not_enough = TRUE; 5196 rest = NULL; 5197 } 5198 5199 if (rest != NULL) 5200 { 5201 /* 5202 * Check for trailing garbage or command. 5203 * If OK, add the item. 5204 */ 5205 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 5206 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) 5207 rest = NULL; 5208 else if (ga_grow(&(curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL 5209 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, 5210 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) 5211 { 5212 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); 5213 /* 5214 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list 5215 */ 5216 idx = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 5217 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) 5218 { 5219 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next) 5220 { 5221 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp); 5222 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; 5223 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type = 5224 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START : 5225 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END; 5226 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags; 5227 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; 5228 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = 5229 current_syn_inc_tag; 5230 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn_match_id = 5231 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id; 5232 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5233 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_cchar = conceal_char; 5234 #endif 5235 if (item == ITEM_START) 5236 { 5237 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_cont_list = 5238 syn_opt_arg.cont_list; 5239 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = 5240 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list; 5241 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL) 5242 curwin->w_s->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 5243 SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_next_list = 5244 syn_opt_arg.next_list; 5245 } 5246 ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 5247 ++idx; 5248 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5249 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD) 5250 ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_folditems; 5251 #endif 5252 } 5253 } 5254 5255 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); 5256 syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 5257 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ 5258 } 5259 } 5260 5261 /* 5262 * Free the allocated memory. 5263 */ 5264 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) 5265 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next) 5266 { 5267 if (!success) 5268 { 5269 vim_regfree(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog); 5270 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern); 5271 } 5272 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp); 5273 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next; 5274 vim_free(ppp); 5275 } 5276 5277 if (!success) 5278 { 5279 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list); 5280 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); 5281 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); 5282 if (not_enough) 5283 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg); 5284 else if (illegal || rest == NULL) 5285 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 5286 } 5287 } 5288 5289 /* 5290 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort() 5291 */ 5292 static int 5293 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 5294 _RTLENTRYF 5295 #endif 5296 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2) 5297 const void *v1; 5298 const void *v2; 5299 { 5300 const short *s1 = v1; 5301 const short *s2 = v2; 5302 5303 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0); 5304 } 5305 5306 /* 5307 * Combines lists of syntax clusters. 5308 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed. 5309 */ 5310 static void 5311 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op) 5312 short **clstr1; 5313 short **clstr2; 5314 int list_op; 5315 { 5316 int count1 = 0; 5317 int count2 = 0; 5318 short *g1; 5319 short *g2; 5320 short *clstr = NULL; 5321 int count; 5322 int round; 5323 5324 /* 5325 * Handle degenerate cases. 5326 */ 5327 if (*clstr2 == NULL) 5328 return; 5329 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) 5330 { 5331 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) 5332 vim_free(*clstr1); 5333 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 5334 *clstr1 = *clstr2; 5335 else 5336 vim_free(*clstr2); 5337 return; 5338 } 5339 5340 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++) 5341 ++count1; 5342 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++) 5343 ++count2; 5344 5345 /* 5346 * For speed purposes, sort both lists. 5347 */ 5348 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); 5349 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); 5350 5351 /* 5352 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place 5353 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new 5354 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller 5355 * of the current elements in each list to the new list. 5356 */ 5357 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++) 5358 { 5359 g1 = *clstr1; 5360 g2 = *clstr2; 5361 count = 0; 5362 5363 /* 5364 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty. 5365 */ 5366 while (*g1 && *g2) 5367 { 5368 /* 5369 * We always want to add from the first list. 5370 */ 5371 if (*g1 < *g2) 5372 { 5373 if (round == 2) 5374 clstr[count] = *g1; 5375 count++; 5376 g1++; 5377 continue; 5378 } 5379 /* 5380 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the 5381 * lists. 5382 */ 5383 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 5384 { 5385 if (round == 2) 5386 clstr[count] = *g2; 5387 count++; 5388 } 5389 if (*g1 == *g2) 5390 g1++; 5391 g2++; 5392 } 5393 5394 /* 5395 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished 5396 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if 5397 * we're adding the lists. 5398 */ 5399 for (; *g1; g1++, count++) 5400 if (round == 2) 5401 clstr[count] = *g1; 5402 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 5403 for (; *g2; g2++, count++) 5404 if (round == 2) 5405 clstr[count] = *g2; 5406 5407 if (round == 1) 5408 { 5409 /* 5410 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any 5411 * space for it. 5412 */ 5413 if (count == 0) 5414 { 5415 clstr = NULL; 5416 break; 5417 } 5418 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); 5419 if (clstr == NULL) 5420 break; 5421 clstr[count] = 0; 5422 } 5423 } 5424 5425 /* 5426 * Finally, put the new list in place. 5427 */ 5428 vim_free(*clstr1); 5429 vim_free(*clstr2); 5430 *clstr1 = clstr; 5431 } 5432 5433 /* 5434 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID. 5435 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. 5436 */ 5437 static int 5438 syn_scl_name2id(name) 5439 char_u *name; 5440 { 5441 int i; 5442 char_u *name_u; 5443 5444 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ 5445 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 5446 if (name_u == NULL) 5447 return 0; 5448 for (i = curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 5449 if (SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[i].scl_name_u != NULL 5450 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[i].scl_name_u) == 0) 5451 break; 5452 vim_free(name_u); 5453 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER); 5454 } 5455 5456 /* 5457 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. 5458 */ 5459 static int 5460 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len) 5461 char_u *linep; 5462 int len; 5463 { 5464 char_u *name; 5465 int id = 0; 5466 5467 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); 5468 if (name != NULL) 5469 { 5470 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); 5471 vim_free(name); 5472 } 5473 return id; 5474 } 5475 5476 /* 5477 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID. 5478 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. 5479 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. 5480 * Return 0 for failure. 5481 */ 5482 static int 5483 syn_check_cluster(pp, len) 5484 char_u *pp; 5485 int len; 5486 { 5487 int id; 5488 char_u *name; 5489 5490 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); 5491 if (name == NULL) 5492 return 0; 5493 5494 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); 5495 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ 5496 id = syn_add_cluster(name); 5497 else 5498 vim_free(name); 5499 return id; 5500 } 5501 5502 /* 5503 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID. 5504 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. 5505 * Return 0 for failure. 5506 */ 5507 static int 5508 syn_add_cluster(name) 5509 char_u *name; 5510 { 5511 int len; 5512 5513 /* 5514 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. 5515 */ 5516 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL) 5517 { 5518 curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T); 5519 curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10; 5520 } 5521 5522 len = curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; 5523 if (len >= MAX_CLUSTER_ID) 5524 { 5525 EMSG((char_u *)_("E848: Too many syntax clusters")); 5526 vim_free(name); 5527 return 0; 5528 } 5529 5530 /* 5531 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry. 5532 */ 5533 if (ga_grow(&curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL) 5534 { 5535 vim_free(name); 5536 return 0; 5537 } 5538 5539 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T)); 5540 SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len].scl_name = name; 5541 SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 5542 SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len].scl_list = NULL; 5543 ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; 5544 5545 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0) 5546 curwin->w_s->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER; 5547 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0) 5548 curwin->w_s->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER; 5549 5550 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER; 5551 } 5552 5553 /* 5554 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..] 5555 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]". 5556 */ 5557 static void 5558 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing) 5559 exarg_T *eap; 5560 int syncing UNUSED; 5561 { 5562 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 5563 char_u *group_name_end; 5564 char_u *rest; 5565 int scl_id; 5566 short *clstr_list; 5567 int got_clstr = FALSE; 5568 int opt_len; 5569 int list_op; 5570 5571 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 5572 if (eap->skip) 5573 return; 5574 5575 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 5576 5577 if (rest != NULL) 5578 { 5579 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); 5580 if (scl_id == 0) 5581 return; 5582 scl_id -= SYNID_CLUSTER; 5583 5584 for (;;) 5585 { 5586 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0 5587 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '=')) 5588 { 5589 opt_len = 3; 5590 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD; 5591 } 5592 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0 5593 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '=')) 5594 { 5595 opt_len = 6; 5596 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT; 5597 } 5598 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0 5599 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '=')) 5600 { 5601 opt_len = 8; 5602 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE; 5603 } 5604 else 5605 break; 5606 5607 clstr_list = NULL; 5608 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL) 5609 { 5610 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest); 5611 break; 5612 } 5613 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_list, 5614 &clstr_list, list_op); 5615 got_clstr = TRUE; 5616 } 5617 5618 if (got_clstr) 5619 { 5620 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); 5621 syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s); /* Need to recompute all. */ 5622 } 5623 } 5624 5625 if (!got_clstr) 5626 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified")); 5627 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest)) 5628 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 5629 } 5630 5631 /* 5632 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array. 5633 */ 5634 static void 5635 init_syn_patterns() 5636 { 5637 curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T); 5638 curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10; 5639 } 5640 5641 /* 5642 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command. 5643 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T. 5644 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error. 5645 */ 5646 static char_u * 5647 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci) 5648 char_u *arg; 5649 synpat_T *ci; 5650 { 5651 char_u *end; 5652 int *p; 5653 int idx; 5654 char_u *cpo_save; 5655 5656 /* need at least three chars */ 5657 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == NUL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL) 5658 return NULL; 5659 5660 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL); 5661 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */ 5662 { 5663 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg); 5664 return NULL; 5665 } 5666 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ 5667 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL) 5668 return NULL; 5669 5670 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ 5671 cpo_save = p_cpo; 5672 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 5673 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC); 5674 p_cpo = cpo_save; 5675 5676 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL) 5677 return NULL; 5678 ci->sp_ic = curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic; 5679 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE 5680 syn_clear_time(&ci->sp_time); 5681 #endif 5682 5683 /* 5684 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset. 5685 */ 5686 ++end; 5687 do 5688 { 5689 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; ) 5690 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0) 5691 break; 5692 if (idx >= 0) 5693 { 5694 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]); 5695 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF) 5696 switch (end[3]) 5697 { 5698 case 's': break; 5699 case 'b': break; 5700 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break; 5701 default: idx = -1; break; 5702 } 5703 if (idx >= 0) 5704 { 5705 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx); 5706 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */ 5707 { 5708 end += 3; 5709 *p = getdigits(&end); 5710 5711 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */ 5712 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF))) 5713 { 5714 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF); 5715 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p; 5716 } 5717 } 5718 else /* yy=x+99 */ 5719 { 5720 end += 4; 5721 if (*end == '+') 5722 { 5723 ++end; 5724 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */ 5725 } 5726 else if (*end == '-') 5727 { 5728 ++end; 5729 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */ 5730 } 5731 } 5732 if (*end != ',') 5733 break; 5734 ++end; 5735 } 5736 } 5737 } while (idx >= 0); 5738 5739 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end)) 5740 { 5741 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg); 5742 return NULL; 5743 } 5744 return skipwhite(end); 5745 } 5746 5747 /* 5748 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command. 5749 */ 5750 static void 5751 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing) 5752 exarg_T *eap; 5753 int syncing UNUSED; 5754 { 5755 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg; 5756 char_u *arg_end; 5757 char_u *key = NULL; 5758 char_u *next_arg; 5759 int illegal = FALSE; 5760 int finished = FALSE; 5761 long n; 5762 char_u *cpo_save; 5763 5764 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start)) 5765 { 5766 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE); 5767 return; 5768 } 5769 5770 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start)) 5771 { 5772 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start); 5773 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 5774 vim_free(key); 5775 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start)); 5776 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0) 5777 { 5778 if (!eap->skip) 5779 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT; 5780 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg)) 5781 { 5782 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg); 5783 if (!eap->skip) 5784 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg, 5785 (int)(arg_end - next_arg)); 5786 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 5787 } 5788 else if (!eap->skip) 5789 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment"); 5790 } 5791 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0 5792 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0 5793 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0 5794 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0) 5795 { 5796 if (key[4] == 'S') 5797 arg_end = key + 6; 5798 else if (key[0] == 'L') 5799 arg_end = key + 11; 5800 else 5801 arg_end = key + 9; 5802 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end)) 5803 { 5804 illegal = TRUE; 5805 break; 5806 } 5807 n = getdigits(&arg_end); 5808 if (!eap->skip) 5809 { 5810 if (key[4] == 'B') 5811 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n; 5812 else if (key[1] == 'A') 5813 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n; 5814 else 5815 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines = n; 5816 } 5817 } 5818 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0) 5819 { 5820 if (!eap->skip) 5821 { 5822 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM; 5823 curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 5824 } 5825 } 5826 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0) 5827 { 5828 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL) 5829 { 5830 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice")); 5831 finished = TRUE; 5832 break; 5833 } 5834 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL); 5835 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */ 5836 { 5837 illegal = TRUE; 5838 break; 5839 } 5840 5841 if (!eap->skip) 5842 { 5843 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ 5844 if ((curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1, 5845 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL) 5846 { 5847 finished = TRUE; 5848 break; 5849 } 5850 curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_ic = curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic; 5851 5852 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ 5853 cpo_save = p_cpo; 5854 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 5855 curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog = 5856 vim_regcomp(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC); 5857 p_cpo = cpo_save; 5858 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE 5859 syn_clear_time(&curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_time); 5860 #endif 5861 5862 if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL) 5863 { 5864 vim_free(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat); 5865 curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 5866 finished = TRUE; 5867 break; 5868 } 5869 } 5870 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1); 5871 } 5872 else 5873 { 5874 eap->arg = next_arg; 5875 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0) 5876 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE); 5877 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0) 5878 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE); 5879 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0) 5880 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE); 5881 else 5882 illegal = TRUE; 5883 finished = TRUE; 5884 break; 5885 } 5886 arg_start = next_arg; 5887 } 5888 vim_free(key); 5889 if (illegal) 5890 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start); 5891 else if (!finished) 5892 { 5893 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start); 5894 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID); 5895 syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 5896 } 5897 } 5898 5899 /* 5900 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers. 5901 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword. 5902 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name. 5903 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added). 5904 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success. 5905 */ 5906 static int 5907 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list) 5908 char_u **arg; 5909 int keylen; /* length of keyword */ 5910 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not 5911 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */ 5912 { 5913 char_u *p = NULL; 5914 char_u *end; 5915 int round; 5916 int count; 5917 int total_count = 0; 5918 short *retval = NULL; 5919 char_u *name; 5920 regmatch_T regmatch; 5921 int id; 5922 int i; 5923 int failed = FALSE; 5924 5925 /* 5926 * We parse the list twice: 5927 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array. 5928 * round == 2: fill the array with the items. 5929 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to 5930 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again. 5931 */ 5932 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) 5933 { 5934 /* 5935 * skip "contains" 5936 */ 5937 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen); 5938 if (*p != '=') 5939 { 5940 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg); 5941 break; 5942 } 5943 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 5944 if (ends_excmd(*p)) 5945 { 5946 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg); 5947 break; 5948 } 5949 5950 /* 5951 * parse the arguments after "contains" 5952 */ 5953 count = 0; 5954 while (!ends_excmd(*p)) 5955 { 5956 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end) 5957 ; 5958 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */ 5959 if (name == NULL) 5960 { 5961 failed = TRUE; 5962 break; 5963 } 5964 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p); 5965 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0 5966 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0 5967 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0 5968 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0) 5969 { 5970 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C') 5971 { 5972 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1); 5973 failed = TRUE; 5974 vim_free(name); 5975 break; 5976 } 5977 if (count != 0) 5978 { 5979 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1); 5980 failed = TRUE; 5981 vim_free(name); 5982 break; 5983 } 5984 if (name[1] == 'A') 5985 id = SYNID_ALLBUT; 5986 else if (name[1] == 'T') 5987 id = SYNID_TOP; 5988 else 5989 id = SYNID_CONTAINED; 5990 id += current_syn_inc_tag; 5991 } 5992 else if (name[1] == '@') 5993 { 5994 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1)); 5995 } 5996 else 5997 { 5998 /* 5999 * Handle full group name. 6000 */ 6001 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL) 6002 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p)); 6003 else 6004 { 6005 /* 6006 * Handle match of regexp with group names. 6007 */ 6008 *name = '^'; 6009 STRCAT(name, "$"); 6010 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC); 6011 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 6012 { 6013 failed = TRUE; 6014 vim_free(name); 6015 break; 6016 } 6017 6018 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; 6019 id = 0; 6020 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 6021 { 6022 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name, 6023 (colnr_T)0)) 6024 { 6025 if (round == 2) 6026 { 6027 /* Got more items than expected; can happen 6028 * when adding items that match: 6029 * "contains=a.*b,axb". 6030 * Go back to first round */ 6031 if (count >= total_count) 6032 { 6033 vim_free(retval); 6034 round = 1; 6035 } 6036 else 6037 retval[count] = i + 1; 6038 } 6039 ++count; 6040 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */ 6041 } 6042 } 6043 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 6044 } 6045 } 6046 vim_free(name); 6047 if (id == 0) 6048 { 6049 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p); 6050 failed = TRUE; 6051 break; 6052 } 6053 if (id > 0) 6054 { 6055 if (round == 2) 6056 { 6057 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */ 6058 if (count >= total_count) 6059 { 6060 vim_free(retval); 6061 round = 1; 6062 } 6063 else 6064 retval[count] = id; 6065 } 6066 ++count; 6067 } 6068 p = skipwhite(end); 6069 if (*p != ',') 6070 break; 6071 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */ 6072 } 6073 if (failed) 6074 break; 6075 if (round == 1) 6076 { 6077 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); 6078 if (retval == NULL) 6079 break; 6080 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */ 6081 total_count = count; 6082 } 6083 } 6084 6085 *arg = p; 6086 if (failed || retval == NULL) 6087 { 6088 vim_free(retval); 6089 return FAIL; 6090 } 6091 6092 if (*list == NULL) 6093 *list = retval; 6094 else 6095 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */ 6096 6097 return OK; 6098 } 6099 6100 /* 6101 * Make a copy of an ID list. 6102 */ 6103 static short * 6104 copy_id_list(list) 6105 short *list; 6106 { 6107 int len; 6108 int count; 6109 short *retval; 6110 6111 if (list == NULL) 6112 return NULL; 6113 6114 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count) 6115 ; 6116 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short); 6117 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len); 6118 if (retval != NULL) 6119 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len); 6120 6121 return retval; 6122 } 6123 6124 /* 6125 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si". 6126 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list. 6127 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of 6128 * the current item. 6129 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!! 6130 */ 6131 static int 6132 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained) 6133 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */ 6134 short *list; /* id list */ 6135 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */ 6136 int contained; /* group id is contained */ 6137 { 6138 int retval; 6139 short *scl_list; 6140 short item; 6141 short id = ssp->id; 6142 static int depth = 0; 6143 int r; 6144 6145 /* If ssp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */ 6146 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL 6147 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) 6148 { 6149 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check 6150 * that we don't go back past the first one. */ 6151 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT) 6152 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data)) 6153 --cur_si; 6154 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */ 6155 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list, 6156 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn), 6157 SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)) 6158 return TRUE; 6159 } 6160 6161 if (list == NULL) 6162 return FALSE; 6163 6164 /* 6165 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't 6166 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups. 6167 */ 6168 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL) 6169 return !contained; 6170 6171 /* 6172 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the 6173 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include" 6174 * level as the list. 6175 */ 6176 item = *list; 6177 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER) 6178 { 6179 if (item < SYNID_TOP) 6180 { 6181 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */ 6182 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag) 6183 return FALSE; 6184 } 6185 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED) 6186 { 6187 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */ 6188 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained) 6189 return FALSE; 6190 } 6191 else 6192 { 6193 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */ 6194 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained) 6195 return FALSE; 6196 } 6197 item = *++list; 6198 retval = FALSE; 6199 } 6200 else 6201 retval = TRUE; 6202 6203 /* 6204 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list. 6205 */ 6206 while (item != 0) 6207 { 6208 if (item == id) 6209 return retval; 6210 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 6211 { 6212 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_block)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list; 6213 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a 6214 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */ 6215 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30) 6216 { 6217 ++depth; 6218 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained); 6219 --depth; 6220 if (r) 6221 return retval; 6222 } 6223 } 6224 item = *++list; 6225 } 6226 return !retval; 6227 } 6228 6229 struct subcommand 6230 { 6231 char *name; /* subcommand name */ 6232 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */ 6233 }; 6234 6235 static struct subcommand subcommands[] = 6236 { 6237 {"case", syn_cmd_case}, 6238 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear}, 6239 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster}, 6240 {"conceal", syn_cmd_conceal}, 6241 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable}, 6242 {"include", syn_cmd_include}, 6243 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword}, 6244 {"list", syn_cmd_list}, 6245 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual}, 6246 {"match", syn_cmd_match}, 6247 {"on", syn_cmd_on}, 6248 {"off", syn_cmd_off}, 6249 {"region", syn_cmd_region}, 6250 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset}, 6251 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell}, 6252 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync}, 6253 {"", syn_cmd_list}, 6254 {NULL, NULL} 6255 }; 6256 6257 /* 6258 * ":syntax". 6259 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a 6260 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest. 6261 */ 6262 void 6263 ex_syntax(eap) 6264 exarg_T *eap; 6265 { 6266 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 6267 char_u *subcmd_end; 6268 char_u *subcmd_name; 6269 int i; 6270 6271 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep; 6272 6273 /* isolate subcommand name */ 6274 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end) 6275 ; 6276 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg)); 6277 if (subcmd_name != NULL) 6278 { 6279 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */ 6280 ++emsg_skip; 6281 for (i = 0; ; ++i) 6282 { 6283 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL) 6284 { 6285 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name); 6286 break; 6287 } 6288 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0) 6289 { 6290 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end); 6291 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE); 6292 break; 6293 } 6294 } 6295 vim_free(subcmd_name); 6296 if (eap->skip) 6297 --emsg_skip; 6298 } 6299 } 6300 6301 void 6302 ex_ownsyntax(eap) 6303 exarg_T *eap; 6304 { 6305 char_u *old_value; 6306 char_u *new_value; 6307 6308 if (curwin->w_s == &curwin->w_buffer->b_s) 6309 { 6310 curwin->w_s = (synblock_T *)alloc(sizeof(synblock_T)); 6311 memset(curwin->w_s, 0, sizeof(synblock_T)); 6312 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6313 /* TODO: keep the spell checking as it was. */ 6314 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ 6315 clear_string_option(&curwin->w_s->b_p_spc); 6316 clear_string_option(&curwin->w_s->b_p_spf); 6317 clear_string_option(&curwin->w_s->b_p_spl); 6318 #endif 6319 } 6320 6321 /* save value of b:current_syntax */ 6322 old_value = get_var_value((char_u *)"b:current_syntax"); 6323 if (old_value != NULL) 6324 old_value = vim_strsave(old_value); 6325 6326 /* Apply the "syntax" autocommand event, this finds and loads the syntax 6327 * file. */ 6328 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SYNTAX, eap->arg, curbuf->b_fname, TRUE, curbuf); 6329 6330 /* move value of b:current_syntax to w:current_syntax */ 6331 new_value = get_var_value((char_u *)"b:current_syntax"); 6332 if (new_value != NULL) 6333 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"w:current_syntax", new_value); 6334 6335 /* restore value of b:current_syntax */ 6336 if (old_value == NULL) 6337 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE); 6338 else 6339 { 6340 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", old_value); 6341 vim_free(old_value); 6342 } 6343 } 6344 6345 int 6346 syntax_present(win) 6347 win_T *win; 6348 { 6349 return (win->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0 6350 || win->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0 6351 || win->w_s->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0 6352 || win->w_s->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0); 6353 } 6354 6355 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 6356 6357 static enum 6358 { 6359 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */ 6360 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */ 6361 } expand_what; 6362 6363 /* 6364 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0. 6365 * Called when we are done expanding. 6366 */ 6367 void 6368 reset_expand_highlight() 6369 { 6370 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0; 6371 } 6372 6373 /* 6374 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None" 6375 * as highlight group. 6376 */ 6377 void 6378 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg) 6379 expand_T *xp; 6380 char_u *arg; 6381 { 6382 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 6383 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 6384 include_none = 1; 6385 } 6386 6387 /* 6388 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command. 6389 */ 6390 void 6391 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg) 6392 expand_T *xp; 6393 char_u *arg; 6394 { 6395 char_u *p; 6396 6397 /* Default: expand subcommands */ 6398 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX; 6399 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; 6400 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 6401 include_link = 0; 6402 include_default = 0; 6403 6404 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ 6405 if (*arg != NUL) 6406 { 6407 p = skiptowhite(arg); 6408 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */ 6409 { 6410 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 6411 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL) 6412 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 6413 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0) 6414 expand_what = EXP_CASE; 6415 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0 6416 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0 6417 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0 6418 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0) 6419 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 6420 else 6421 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 6422 } 6423 } 6424 } 6425 6426 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL}; 6427 6428 /* 6429 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for 6430 * expansion. 6431 */ 6432 char_u * 6433 get_syntax_name(xp, idx) 6434 expand_T *xp UNUSED; 6435 int idx; 6436 { 6437 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD) 6438 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name; 6439 return (char_u *)case_args[idx]; 6440 } 6441 6442 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 6443 6444 /* 6445 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position. 6446 */ 6447 int 6448 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state) 6449 win_T *wp; 6450 long lnum; 6451 colnr_T col; 6452 int trans; /* remove transparency */ 6453 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */ 6454 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */ 6455 { 6456 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same 6457 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */ 6458 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf 6459 || lnum != current_lnum 6460 || col < current_col) 6461 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 6462 6463 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state); 6464 6465 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id); 6466 } 6467 6468 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 6469 /* 6470 * Get extra information about the syntax item. Must be called right after 6471 * get_syntax_attr(). 6472 * Stores the current item sequence nr in "*seqnrp". 6473 * Returns the current flags. 6474 */ 6475 int 6476 get_syntax_info(seqnrp) 6477 int *seqnrp; 6478 { 6479 *seqnrp = current_seqnr; 6480 return current_flags; 6481 } 6482 6483 /* 6484 * Return conceal substitution character 6485 */ 6486 int 6487 syn_get_sub_char() 6488 { 6489 return current_sub_char; 6490 } 6491 #endif 6492 6493 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 6494 /* 6495 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack. 6496 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack. 6497 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range. 6498 */ 6499 int 6500 syn_get_stack_item(i) 6501 int i; 6502 { 6503 if (i >= current_state.ga_len) 6504 { 6505 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it 6506 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */ 6507 invalidate_current_state(); 6508 current_col = MAXCOL; 6509 return -1; 6510 } 6511 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id; 6512 } 6513 #endif 6514 6515 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) 6516 /* 6517 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp". 6518 */ 6519 int 6520 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum) 6521 win_T *wp; 6522 long lnum; 6523 { 6524 int level = 0; 6525 int i; 6526 6527 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */ 6528 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_folditems != 0) 6529 { 6530 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 6531 6532 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 6533 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD) 6534 ++level; 6535 } 6536 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn) 6537 { 6538 level = wp->w_p_fdn; 6539 if (level < 0) 6540 level = 0; 6541 } 6542 return level; 6543 } 6544 #endif 6545 6546 #if defined(FEAT_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) 6547 /* 6548 * ":syntime". 6549 */ 6550 void 6551 ex_syntime(eap) 6552 exarg_T *eap; 6553 { 6554 if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "on") == 0) 6555 syn_time_on = TRUE; 6556 else if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "off") == 0) 6557 syn_time_on = FALSE; 6558 else if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "clear") == 0) 6559 syntime_clear(); 6560 else if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "report") == 0) 6561 syntime_report(); 6562 else 6563 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), eap->arg); 6564 } 6565 6566 static void 6567 syn_clear_time(st) 6568 syn_time_T *st; 6569 { 6570 profile_zero(&st->total); 6571 profile_zero(&st->slowest); 6572 st->count = 0; 6573 st->match = 0; 6574 } 6575 6576 /* 6577 * Clear the syntax timing for the current buffer. 6578 */ 6579 static void 6580 syntime_clear() 6581 { 6582 int idx; 6583 synpat_T *spp; 6584 6585 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) 6586 { 6587 MSG(_(msg_no_items)); 6588 return; 6589 } 6590 for (idx = 0; idx < curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx) 6591 { 6592 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx]); 6593 syn_clear_time(&spp->sp_time); 6594 } 6595 } 6596 6597 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 6598 /* 6599 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the possible arguments of the 6600 * ":syntime {on,off,clear,report}" command. 6601 */ 6602 char_u * 6603 get_syntime_arg(xp, idx) 6604 expand_T *xp UNUSED; 6605 int idx; 6606 { 6607 switch (idx) 6608 { 6609 case 0: return (char_u *)"on"; 6610 case 1: return (char_u *)"off"; 6611 case 2: return (char_u *)"clear"; 6612 case 3: return (char_u *)"report"; 6613 } 6614 return NULL; 6615 } 6616 #endif 6617 6618 typedef struct 6619 { 6620 proftime_T total; 6621 int count; 6622 int match; 6623 proftime_T slowest; 6624 proftime_T average; 6625 int id; 6626 char_u *pattern; 6627 } time_entry_T; 6628 6629 static int 6630 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 6631 _RTLENTRYF 6632 #endif 6633 syn_compare_syntime(v1, v2) 6634 const void *v1; 6635 const void *v2; 6636 { 6637 const time_entry_T *s1 = v1; 6638 const time_entry_T *s2 = v2; 6639 6640 return profile_cmp(&s1->total, &s2->total); 6641 } 6642 6643 /* 6644 * Clear the syntax timing for the current buffer. 6645 */ 6646 static void 6647 syntime_report() 6648 { 6649 int idx; 6650 synpat_T *spp; 6651 # ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6652 proftime_T tm; 6653 # endif 6654 int len; 6655 proftime_T total_total; 6656 int total_count = 0; 6657 garray_T ga; 6658 time_entry_T *p; 6659 6660 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) 6661 { 6662 MSG(_(msg_no_items)); 6663 return; 6664 } 6665 6666 ga_init2(&ga, sizeof(time_entry_T), 50); 6667 profile_zero(&total_total); 6668 for (idx = 0; idx < curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx) 6669 { 6670 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx]); 6671 if (spp->sp_time.count > 0) 6672 { 6673 (void)ga_grow(&ga, 1); 6674 p = ((time_entry_T *)ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len; 6675 p->total = spp->sp_time.total; 6676 profile_add(&total_total, &spp->sp_time.total); 6677 p->count = spp->sp_time.count; 6678 p->match = spp->sp_time.match; 6679 total_count += spp->sp_time.count; 6680 p->slowest = spp->sp_time.slowest; 6681 # ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6682 profile_divide(&spp->sp_time.total, spp->sp_time.count, &tm); 6683 p->average = tm; 6684 # endif 6685 p->id = spp->sp_syn.id; 6686 p->pattern = spp->sp_pattern; 6687 ++ga.ga_len; 6688 } 6689 } 6690 6691 /* sort on total time */ 6692 qsort(ga.ga_data, (size_t)ga.ga_len, sizeof(time_entry_T), 6693 syn_compare_syntime); 6694 6695 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_(" TOTAL COUNT MATCH SLOWEST AVERAGE NAME PATTERN")); 6696 MSG_PUTS("\n"); 6697 for (idx = 0; idx < ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx) 6698 { 6699 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx]); 6700 p = ((time_entry_T *)ga.ga_data) + idx; 6701 6702 MSG_PUTS(profile_msg(&p->total)); 6703 MSG_PUTS(" "); /* make sure there is always a separating space */ 6704 msg_advance(13); 6705 msg_outnum(p->count); 6706 MSG_PUTS(" "); 6707 msg_advance(20); 6708 msg_outnum(p->match); 6709 MSG_PUTS(" "); 6710 msg_advance(26); 6711 MSG_PUTS(profile_msg(&p->slowest)); 6712 MSG_PUTS(" "); 6713 msg_advance(38); 6714 # ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6715 MSG_PUTS(profile_msg(&p->average)); 6716 MSG_PUTS(" "); 6717 # endif 6718 msg_advance(50); 6719 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[p->id - 1].sg_name); 6720 MSG_PUTS(" "); 6721 6722 msg_advance(69); 6723 if (Columns < 80) 6724 len = 20; /* will wrap anyway */ 6725 else 6726 len = Columns - 70; 6727 if (len > (int)STRLEN(p->pattern)) 6728 len = (int)STRLEN(p->pattern); 6729 msg_outtrans_len(p->pattern, len); 6730 MSG_PUTS("\n"); 6731 } 6732 ga_clear(&ga); 6733 if (!got_int) 6734 { 6735 MSG_PUTS("\n"); 6736 MSG_PUTS(profile_msg(&total_total)); 6737 msg_advance(13); 6738 msg_outnum(total_count); 6739 MSG_PUTS("\n"); 6740 } 6741 } 6742 #endif 6743 6744 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */ 6745 6746 /************************************** 6747 * Highlighting stuff * 6748 **************************************/ 6749 6750 /* 6751 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and 6752 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found. 6753 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim! 6754 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make 6755 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile. 6756 */ 6757 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 6758 # define CENT(a, b) b 6759 #else 6760 # define CENT(a, b) a 6761 #endif 6762 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) = 6763 { 6764 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White", 6765 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"), 6766 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse", 6767 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), 6768 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold", 6769 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"), 6770 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue", 6771 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"), 6772 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold", 6773 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"), 6774 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse", 6775 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), 6776 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6777 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse", 6778 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), 6779 #endif 6780 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6781 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold", 6782 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"), 6783 #endif 6784 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6785 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red", 6786 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"), 6787 #endif 6788 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6789 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey", 6790 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"), 6791 #endif 6792 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6793 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold", 6794 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"), 6795 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse", 6796 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"), 6797 #endif 6798 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6799 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", 6800 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */ 6801 #endif 6802 NULL 6803 }; 6804 6805 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) = 6806 { 6807 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue", 6808 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"), 6809 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown", 6810 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"), 6811 CENT("CursorLineNr term=bold ctermfg=Brown", 6812 "CursorLineNr term=bold ctermfg=Brown gui=bold guifg=Brown"), 6813 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen", 6814 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"), 6815 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen", 6816 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"), 6817 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE", 6818 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"), 6819 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6820 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed", 6821 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"), 6822 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue", 6823 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"), 6824 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta", 6825 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"), 6826 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan", 6827 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"), 6828 #endif 6829 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6830 CENT("PmenuThumb ctermbg=Black", 6831 "PmenuThumb ctermbg=Black guibg=Black"), 6832 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta ctermfg=Black", 6833 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta ctermfg=Black guibg=LightMagenta"), 6834 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey ctermfg=Black", 6835 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey ctermfg=Black guibg=Grey"), 6836 #endif 6837 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue", 6838 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"), 6839 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta", 6840 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"), 6841 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed", 6842 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"), 6843 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6844 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black", 6845 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"), 6846 #endif 6847 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6848 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue", 6849 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"), 6850 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue", 6851 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"), 6852 #endif 6853 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6854 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue", 6855 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"), 6856 #endif 6857 CENT("Visual term=reverse", 6858 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"), 6859 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6860 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue", 6861 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"), 6862 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta", 6863 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"), 6864 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan", 6865 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"), 6866 #endif 6867 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6868 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey", 6869 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"), 6870 #endif 6871 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6872 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey", 6873 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"), 6874 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline", 6875 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"), 6876 CENT("ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed", 6877 "ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guibg=LightRed"), 6878 #endif 6879 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 6880 CENT("Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey", 6881 "Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey guibg=DarkGrey guifg=LightGrey"), 6882 #endif 6883 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6884 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan", 6885 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"), 6886 #endif 6887 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6888 "Normal gui=NONE", 6889 #endif 6890 NULL 6891 }; 6892 6893 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) = 6894 { 6895 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan", 6896 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"), 6897 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow", 6898 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"), 6899 CENT("CursorLineNr term=bold ctermfg=Yellow", 6900 "CursorLineNr term=bold ctermfg=Yellow gui=bold guifg=Yellow"), 6901 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen", 6902 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"), 6903 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen", 6904 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"), 6905 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black", 6906 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"), 6907 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue", 6908 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"), 6909 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6910 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red", 6911 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"), 6912 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue", 6913 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"), 6914 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta", 6915 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"), 6916 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan", 6917 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"), 6918 #endif 6919 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6920 CENT("PmenuThumb ctermbg=White", 6921 "PmenuThumb ctermbg=White guibg=White"), 6922 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta ctermfg=Black", 6923 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta ctermfg=Black guibg=Magenta"), 6924 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=Black ctermfg=DarkGrey", 6925 "PmenuSel ctermbg=Black ctermfg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"), 6926 #endif 6927 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta", 6928 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"), 6929 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed", 6930 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"), 6931 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6932 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black", 6933 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"), 6934 #endif 6935 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6936 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan", 6937 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"), 6938 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan", 6939 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"), 6940 #endif 6941 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6942 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan", 6943 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"), 6944 #endif 6945 CENT("Visual term=reverse", 6946 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"), 6947 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6948 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue", 6949 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"), 6950 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta", 6951 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"), 6952 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan", 6953 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"), 6954 #endif 6955 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6956 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey", 6957 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"), 6958 #endif 6959 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6960 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey", 6961 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"), 6962 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline", 6963 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"), 6964 CENT("ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkRed", 6965 "ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkRed guibg=DarkRed"), 6966 #endif 6967 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6968 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan", 6969 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"), 6970 #endif 6971 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 6972 CENT("Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey", 6973 "Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey guibg=DarkGrey guifg=LightGrey"), 6974 #endif 6975 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6976 "Normal gui=NONE", 6977 #endif 6978 NULL 6979 }; 6980 6981 void 6982 init_highlight(both, reset) 6983 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */ 6984 int reset; /* clear group first */ 6985 { 6986 int i; 6987 char **pp; 6988 static int had_both = FALSE; 6989 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6990 char_u *p; 6991 6992 /* 6993 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded 6994 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed. 6995 */ 6996 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name"); 6997 if (p != NULL) 6998 { 6999 /* The value of g:colors_name could be freed when sourcing the script, 7000 * making "p" invalid, so copy it. */ 7001 char_u *copy_p = vim_strsave(p); 7002 int r; 7003 7004 if (copy_p != NULL) 7005 { 7006 r = load_colors(copy_p); 7007 vim_free(copy_p); 7008 if (r == OK) 7009 return; 7010 } 7011 } 7012 7013 #endif 7014 7015 /* 7016 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors. 7017 */ 7018 if (both) 7019 { 7020 had_both = TRUE; 7021 pp = highlight_init_both; 7022 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) 7023 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); 7024 } 7025 else if (!had_both) 7026 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main(). 7027 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule 7028 * everything anyway. */ 7029 return; 7030 7031 if (*p_bg == 'l') 7032 pp = highlight_init_light; 7033 else 7034 pp = highlight_init_dark; 7035 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) 7036 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); 7037 7038 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it 7039 * depend on the number of colors available. 7040 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg 7041 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. 7042 * Clear the attributes, needed when changing the t_Co value. */ 7043 if (t_colors > 8) 7044 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' 7045 ? "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=LightGrey" 7046 : "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE); 7047 else 7048 { 7049 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse ctermbg=NONE", 7050 FALSE, TRUE); 7051 if (*p_bg == 'l') 7052 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE); 7053 } 7054 7055 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 7056 /* 7057 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it. 7058 */ 7059 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL) 7060 { 7061 static int recursive = 0; 7062 7063 if (recursive >= 5) 7064 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim")); 7065 else 7066 { 7067 ++recursive; 7068 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE); 7069 --recursive; 7070 } 7071 } 7072 #endif 7073 } 7074 7075 /* 7076 * Load color file "name". 7077 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure. 7078 */ 7079 int 7080 load_colors(name) 7081 char_u *name; 7082 { 7083 char_u *buf; 7084 int retval = FAIL; 7085 static int recursive = FALSE; 7086 7087 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting 7088 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is 7089 * working, thus we should return OK. */ 7090 if (recursive) 7091 return OK; 7092 7093 recursive = TRUE; 7094 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12)); 7095 if (buf != NULL) 7096 { 7097 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name); 7098 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE); 7099 vim_free(buf); 7100 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 7101 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, name, curbuf->b_fname, FALSE, curbuf); 7102 #endif 7103 } 7104 recursive = FALSE; 7105 7106 return retval; 7107 } 7108 7109 /* 7110 * Handle the ":highlight .." command. 7111 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with 7112 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE. 7113 */ 7114 void 7115 do_highlight(line, forceit, init) 7116 char_u *line; 7117 int forceit; 7118 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */ 7119 { 7120 char_u *name_end; 7121 char_u *p; 7122 char_u *linep; 7123 char_u *key_start; 7124 char_u *arg_start; 7125 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL; 7126 long i; 7127 int off; 7128 int len; 7129 int attr; 7130 int id; 7131 int idx; 7132 int dodefault = FALSE; 7133 int doclear = FALSE; 7134 int dolink = FALSE; 7135 int error = FALSE; 7136 int color; 7137 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */ 7138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7139 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */ 7140 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */ 7141 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */ 7142 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */ 7143 #else 7144 # define is_menu_group 0 7145 # define is_tooltip_group 0 7146 #endif 7147 7148 /* 7149 * If no argument, list current highlighting. 7150 */ 7151 if (ends_excmd(*line)) 7152 { 7153 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i) 7154 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */ 7155 highlight_list_one((int)i); 7156 return; 7157 } 7158 7159 /* 7160 * Isolate the name. 7161 */ 7162 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 7163 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 7164 7165 /* 7166 * Check for "default" argument. 7167 */ 7168 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0) 7169 { 7170 dodefault = TRUE; 7171 line = linep; 7172 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 7173 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 7174 } 7175 7176 /* 7177 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument. 7178 */ 7179 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0) 7180 doclear = TRUE; 7181 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0) 7182 dolink = TRUE; 7183 7184 /* 7185 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group. 7186 */ 7187 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep)) 7188 { 7189 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line)); 7190 if (id == 0) 7191 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line); 7192 else 7193 highlight_list_one(id); 7194 return; 7195 } 7196 7197 /* 7198 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command. 7199 */ 7200 if (dolink) 7201 { 7202 char_u *from_start = linep; 7203 char_u *from_end; 7204 char_u *to_start; 7205 char_u *to_end; 7206 int from_id; 7207 int to_id; 7208 7209 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start); 7210 to_start = skipwhite(from_end); 7211 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start); 7212 7213 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start)) 7214 { 7215 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), 7216 from_start); 7217 return; 7218 } 7219 7220 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end))) 7221 { 7222 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start); 7223 return; 7224 } 7225 7226 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start)); 7227 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0) 7228 to_id = 0; 7229 else 7230 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start)); 7231 7232 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0)) 7233 { 7234 /* 7235 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting 7236 * for the group, unless '!' is used 7237 */ 7238 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init 7239 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault)) 7240 { 7241 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault) 7242 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored")); 7243 } 7244 else 7245 { 7246 if (!init) 7247 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK; 7248 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id; 7249 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7250 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID; 7251 #endif 7252 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7253 } 7254 } 7255 7256 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ 7257 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; 7258 7259 return; 7260 } 7261 7262 if (doclear) 7263 { 7264 /* 7265 * ":highlight clear [group]" command. 7266 */ 7267 line = linep; 7268 if (ends_excmd(*line)) 7269 { 7270 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7271 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new 7272 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values. 7273 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values 7274 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but 7275 * invalid because they were free'd. 7276 */ 7277 if (gui.in_use) 7278 { 7279 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 7280 gui_init_tooltip_font(); 7281 # endif 7282 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF)) 7283 gui_init_menu_font(); 7284 # endif 7285 } 7286 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) 7287 gui_mch_def_colors(); 7288 # endif 7289 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7290 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 7291 7292 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight 7293 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case. 7294 */ 7295 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 7296 # endif 7297 if (gui.in_use) 7298 { 7299 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 7300 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7301 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 7302 # endif 7303 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 7304 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 7305 # endif 7306 } 7307 # endif 7308 7309 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items. 7310 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point. 7311 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data. 7312 */ 7313 #endif 7314 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7315 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE); 7316 #endif 7317 restore_cterm_colors(); 7318 7319 /* 7320 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults. 7321 */ 7322 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 7323 highlight_clear(idx); 7324 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE); 7325 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7326 if (gui.in_use) 7327 highlight_gui_started(); 7328 #endif 7329 highlight_changed(); 7330 redraw_later_clear(); 7331 return; 7332 } 7333 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 7334 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 7335 } 7336 7337 /* 7338 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it. 7339 */ 7340 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line)); 7341 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */ 7342 return; 7343 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */ 7344 7345 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */ 7346 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE)) 7347 return; 7348 7349 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) 7350 is_normal_group = TRUE; 7351 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7352 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0) 7353 is_menu_group = TRUE; 7354 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0) 7355 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE; 7356 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0) 7357 is_tooltip_group = TRUE; 7358 #endif 7359 7360 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */ 7361 if (doclear || (forceit && init)) 7362 { 7363 highlight_clear(idx); 7364 if (!doclear) 7365 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0; 7366 } 7367 7368 if (!doclear) 7369 while (!ends_excmd(*linep)) 7370 { 7371 key_start = linep; 7372 if (*linep == '=') 7373 { 7374 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start); 7375 error = TRUE; 7376 break; 7377 } 7378 7379 /* 7380 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or 7381 * "guibg"). 7382 */ 7383 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=') 7384 ++linep; 7385 vim_free(key); 7386 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start)); 7387 if (key == NULL) 7388 { 7389 error = TRUE; 7390 break; 7391 } 7392 linep = skipwhite(linep); 7393 7394 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0) 7395 { 7396 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0) 7397 { 7398 if (!init) 7399 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI; 7400 highlight_clear(idx); 7401 } 7402 continue; 7403 } 7404 7405 /* 7406 * Check for the equal sign. 7407 */ 7408 if (*linep != '=') 7409 { 7410 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start); 7411 error = TRUE; 7412 break; 7413 } 7414 ++linep; 7415 7416 /* 7417 * Isolate the argument. 7418 */ 7419 linep = skipwhite(linep); 7420 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */ 7421 { 7422 arg_start = ++linep; 7423 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\''); 7424 if (linep == NULL) 7425 { 7426 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start); 7427 error = TRUE; 7428 break; 7429 } 7430 } 7431 else 7432 { 7433 arg_start = linep; 7434 linep = skiptowhite(linep); 7435 } 7436 if (linep == arg_start) 7437 { 7438 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start); 7439 error = TRUE; 7440 break; 7441 } 7442 vim_free(arg); 7443 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start)); 7444 if (arg == NULL) 7445 { 7446 error = TRUE; 7447 break; 7448 } 7449 if (*linep == '\'') 7450 ++linep; 7451 7452 /* 7453 * Store the argument. 7454 */ 7455 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0 7456 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0 7457 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0) 7458 { 7459 attr = 0; 7460 off = 0; 7461 while (arg[off] != NUL) 7462 { 7463 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; ) 7464 { 7465 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]); 7466 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0) 7467 { 7468 attr |= hl_attr_table[i]; 7469 off += len; 7470 break; 7471 } 7472 } 7473 if (i < 0) 7474 { 7475 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg); 7476 error = TRUE; 7477 break; 7478 } 7479 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ 7480 ++off; 7481 } 7482 if (error) 7483 break; 7484 if (*key == 'T') 7485 { 7486 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM)) 7487 { 7488 if (!init) 7489 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; 7490 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr; 7491 } 7492 } 7493 else if (*key == 'C') 7494 { 7495 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) 7496 { 7497 if (!init) 7498 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; 7499 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr; 7500 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 7501 } 7502 } 7503 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 7504 else 7505 { 7506 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 7507 { 7508 if (!init) 7509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 7510 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr; 7511 } 7512 } 7513 #endif 7514 } 7515 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0) 7516 { 7517 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ 7518 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7519 if (!gui.shell_created) 7520 { 7521 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */ 7522 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 7523 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7524 } 7525 else 7526 { 7527 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; 7528 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7529 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 7530 # endif 7531 /* First, save the current font/fontset. 7532 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset. 7533 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR 7534 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively. 7535 */ 7536 7537 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 7538 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7539 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 7540 # endif 7541 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group, 7542 is_tooltip_group, FALSE); 7543 7544 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7545 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) 7546 { 7547 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there 7548 * was one. */ 7549 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset); 7550 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 7551 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7552 } 7553 else 7554 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset; 7555 # endif 7556 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) 7557 { 7558 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was 7559 * one. */ 7560 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font); 7561 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 7562 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7563 } 7564 else 7565 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font; 7566 } 7567 #endif 7568 } 7569 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0) 7570 { 7571 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) 7572 { 7573 if (!init) 7574 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; 7575 7576 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold" 7577 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */ 7578 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold) 7579 { 7580 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; 7581 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 7582 } 7583 7584 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) 7585 color = atoi((char *)arg); 7586 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0) 7587 { 7588 if (cterm_normal_fg_color) 7589 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1; 7590 else 7591 { 7592 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown")); 7593 error = TRUE; 7594 break; 7595 } 7596 } 7597 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0) 7598 { 7599 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 7600 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1; 7601 else 7602 { 7603 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown")); 7604 error = TRUE; 7605 break; 7606 } 7607 } 7608 else 7609 { 7610 static char *(color_names[28]) = { 7611 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan", 7612 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow", 7613 "Gray", "Grey", 7614 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey", 7615 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen", 7616 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta", 7617 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"}; 7618 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 7619 4, 5, 6, 6, 7620 7, 7, 7621 7, 7, 8, 8, 7622 9, 9, 10, 10, 7623 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 7624 13, 14, 14, 15, -1}; 7625 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */ 7626 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 7627 1, 5, 32, 72, 7628 84, 84, 7629 7, 7, 82, 82, 7630 12, 43, 10, 61, 7631 14, 63, 9, 74, 13, 7632 75, 11, 78, 15, -1}; 7633 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */ 7634 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 7635 1, 5, 130, 130, 7636 248, 248, 7637 7, 7, 242, 242, 7638 12, 81, 10, 121, 7639 14, 159, 9, 224, 13, 7640 225, 11, 229, 15, -1}; 7641 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */ 7642 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 7643 1, 5, 3, 3, 7644 7, 7, 7645 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8, 7646 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8, 7647 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8, 7648 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1}; 7649 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) 7650 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8; 7651 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */ 7652 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0) 7653 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16; 7654 #endif 7655 7656 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */ 7657 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg); 7658 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 7659 if (off == color_names[i][0] 7660 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0) 7661 break; 7662 if (i < 0) 7663 { 7664 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start); 7665 error = TRUE; 7666 break; 7667 } 7668 7669 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */ 7670 color = color_numbers_16[i]; 7671 if (color >= 0) 7672 { 7673 if (t_colors == 8) 7674 { 7675 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */ 7676 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) 7677 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i]; 7678 #else 7679 color = color_numbers_8[i]; 7680 #endif 7681 if (key[5] == 'F') 7682 { 7683 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground 7684 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */ 7685 if (color & 8) 7686 { 7687 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD; 7688 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE; 7689 } 7690 else 7691 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; 7692 } 7693 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */ 7694 } 7695 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88 7696 || t_colors == 256) 7697 { 7698 /* 7699 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is 7700 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed 7701 * order for colors. 7702 */ 7703 if (*T_CAF != NUL) 7704 p = T_CAF; 7705 else 7706 p = T_CSF; 7707 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm') 7708 switch (t_colors) 7709 { 7710 case 16: 7711 color = color_numbers_8[i]; 7712 break; 7713 case 88: 7714 color = color_numbers_88[i]; 7715 break; 7716 case 256: 7717 color = color_numbers_256[i]; 7718 break; 7719 } 7720 } 7721 } 7722 } 7723 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero. Zero is used for 7724 * "NONE", then "color" is -1. */ 7725 if (key[5] == 'F') 7726 { 7727 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1; 7728 if (is_normal_group) 7729 { 7730 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1; 7731 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD); 7732 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7733 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */ 7734 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) 7735 #endif 7736 { 7737 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7738 if (termcap_active && color >= 0) 7739 term_fg_color(color); 7740 } 7741 } 7742 } 7743 else 7744 { 7745 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1; 7746 if (is_normal_group) 7747 { 7748 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1; 7749 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7750 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */ 7751 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) 7752 #endif 7753 { 7754 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7755 if (color >= 0) 7756 { 7757 if (termcap_active) 7758 term_bg_color(color); 7759 if (t_colors < 16) 7760 i = (color == 0 || color == 4); 7761 else 7762 i = (color < 7 || color == 8); 7763 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is 7764 * wrong. */ 7765 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd')) 7766 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L, 7767 i ? (char_u *)"dark" 7768 : (char_u *)"light", 0); 7769 } 7770 } 7771 } 7772 } 7773 } 7774 } 7775 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0) 7776 { 7777 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 7778 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 7779 { 7780 if (!init) 7781 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 7782 7783 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7784 /* In GUI guifg colors are only used when recognized */ 7785 i = color_name2handle(arg); 7786 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 7787 { 7788 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i; 7789 # endif 7790 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 7791 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE")) 7792 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7793 else 7794 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; 7795 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7796 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7797 if (is_menu_group) 7798 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i; 7799 if (is_scrollbar_group) 7800 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i; 7801 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7802 if (is_tooltip_group) 7803 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i; 7804 # endif 7805 do_colors = TRUE; 7806 # endif 7807 } 7808 # endif 7809 } 7810 #endif 7811 } 7812 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0) 7813 { 7814 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 7815 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 7816 { 7817 if (!init) 7818 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 7819 7820 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7821 /* In GUI guifg colors are only used when recognized */ 7822 i = color_name2handle(arg); 7823 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 7824 { 7825 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i; 7826 # endif 7827 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 7828 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0) 7829 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7830 else 7831 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; 7832 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7833 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7834 if (is_menu_group) 7835 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i; 7836 if (is_scrollbar_group) 7837 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i; 7838 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7839 if (is_tooltip_group) 7840 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i; 7841 # endif 7842 do_colors = TRUE; 7843 # endif 7844 } 7845 # endif 7846 } 7847 #endif 7848 } 7849 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0) 7850 { 7851 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 7852 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 7853 { 7854 if (!init) 7855 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 7856 7857 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7858 i = color_name2handle(arg); 7859 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 7860 { 7861 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i; 7862 # endif 7863 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); 7864 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0) 7865 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7866 else 7867 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL; 7868 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7869 } 7870 # endif 7871 } 7872 #endif 7873 } 7874 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0) 7875 { 7876 char_u buf[100]; 7877 char_u *tname; 7878 7879 if (!init) 7880 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; 7881 7882 /* 7883 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape 7884 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes. 7885 */ 7886 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0) 7887 { 7888 off = 0; 7889 buf[0] = 0; 7890 while (arg[off] != NUL) 7891 { 7892 /* Isolate one termcap name */ 7893 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] && 7894 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len) 7895 ; 7896 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len); 7897 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7898 { 7899 error = TRUE; 7900 break; 7901 } 7902 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */ 7903 p = get_term_code(tname); 7904 vim_free(tname); 7905 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */ 7906 p = (char_u *)""; 7907 7908 /* Append it to the already found stuff */ 7909 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99) 7910 { 7911 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg); 7912 error = TRUE; 7913 break; 7914 } 7915 STRCAT(buf, p); 7916 7917 /* Advance to the next item */ 7918 off += len; 7919 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ 7920 ++off; 7921 } 7922 } 7923 else 7924 { 7925 /* 7926 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes. 7927 */ 7928 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 - 6 && *p; ) 7929 { 7930 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE); 7931 if (len > 0) /* recognized special char */ 7932 off += len; 7933 else /* copy as normal char */ 7934 buf[off++] = *p++; 7935 } 7936 buf[off] = NUL; 7937 } 7938 if (error) 7939 break; 7940 7941 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */ 7942 p = NULL; 7943 else 7944 p = vim_strsave(buf); 7945 if (key[2] == 'A') 7946 { 7947 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); 7948 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p; 7949 } 7950 else 7951 { 7952 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); 7953 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p; 7954 } 7955 } 7956 else 7957 { 7958 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start); 7959 error = TRUE; 7960 break; 7961 } 7962 7963 /* 7964 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it. 7965 */ 7966 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)) 7967 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0; 7968 7969 /* 7970 * Continue with next argument. 7971 */ 7972 linep = skipwhite(linep); 7973 } 7974 7975 /* 7976 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table. 7977 */ 7978 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len) 7979 syn_unadd_group(); 7980 else 7981 { 7982 if (is_normal_group) 7983 { 7984 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; 7985 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; 7986 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7987 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; 7988 /* 7989 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg" 7990 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now. 7991 */ 7992 if (gui.in_use) 7993 highlight_gui_started(); 7994 #endif 7995 } 7996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7997 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 7998 else if (is_menu_group) 7999 { 8000 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 8001 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 8002 } 8003 # endif 8004 else if (is_scrollbar_group) 8005 { 8006 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 8007 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 8008 } 8009 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 8010 else if (is_tooltip_group) 8011 { 8012 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 8013 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 8014 } 8015 # endif 8016 #endif 8017 else 8018 set_hl_attr(idx); 8019 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8020 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID; 8021 #endif 8022 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 8023 } 8024 vim_free(key); 8025 vim_free(arg); 8026 8027 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ 8028 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; 8029 } 8030 8031 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 8032 void 8033 free_highlight() 8034 { 8035 int i; 8036 8037 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) 8038 { 8039 highlight_clear(i); 8040 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name); 8041 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u); 8042 } 8043 ga_clear(&highlight_ga); 8044 } 8045 #endif 8046 8047 /* 8048 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if 8049 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero. 8050 */ 8051 void 8052 restore_cterm_colors() 8053 { 8054 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32)) 8055 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user 8056 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default 8057 * background/foreground colors. */ 8058 mch_set_normal_colors(); 8059 #else 8060 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0; 8061 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0; 8062 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0; 8063 #endif 8064 } 8065 8066 /* 8067 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings. 8068 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link. 8069 */ 8070 static int 8071 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link) 8072 int idx; 8073 int check_link; 8074 { 8075 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0 8076 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0 8077 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg != 0 8078 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg != 0 8079 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8080 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0 8081 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL 8082 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL 8083 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL 8084 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NUL 8085 #endif 8086 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))); 8087 } 8088 8089 /* 8090 * Clear highlighting for one group. 8091 */ 8092 static void 8093 highlight_clear(idx) 8094 int idx; 8095 { 8096 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0; 8097 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); 8098 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL; 8099 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); 8100 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL; 8101 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; 8102 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0; 8103 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 8104 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0; 8105 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0; 8106 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; 8107 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 8108 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0; 8109 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 8110 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; 8111 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 8112 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; 8113 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); 8114 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL; 8115 #endif 8116 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8117 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; 8118 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; 8119 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR; 8120 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); 8121 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 8122 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8123 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); 8124 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 8125 # endif 8126 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 8127 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL; 8128 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; 8129 #endif 8130 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8131 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not 8132 * cleared. */ 8133 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0) 8134 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0; 8135 #endif 8136 } 8137 8138 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 8139 /* 8140 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal" 8141 * highlighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and 8142 * "Tooltip" colors. 8143 */ 8144 void 8145 set_normal_colors() 8146 { 8147 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal", 8148 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel, 8149 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE)) 8150 { 8151 gui_mch_new_colors(); 8152 must_redraw = CLEAR; 8153 } 8154 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 8155 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu", 8156 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel, 8157 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE)) 8158 { 8159 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 8160 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 8161 # endif 8162 must_redraw = CLEAR; 8163 } 8164 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 8165 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip", 8166 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel, 8167 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) 8168 { 8169 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR 8170 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 8171 # endif 8172 must_redraw = CLEAR; 8173 } 8174 #endif 8175 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar", 8176 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel, 8177 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE)) 8178 { 8179 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 8180 must_redraw = CLEAR; 8181 } 8182 #endif 8183 } 8184 8185 /* 8186 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar". 8187 */ 8188 static int 8189 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip) 8190 char_u *name; 8191 guicolor_T *fgp; 8192 guicolor_T *bgp; 8193 int do_menu; 8194 int use_norm; 8195 int do_tooltip; 8196 { 8197 int idx; 8198 8199 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1; 8200 if (idx >= 0) 8201 { 8202 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip); 8203 8204 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR) 8205 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg; 8206 else if (use_norm) 8207 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel; 8208 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR) 8209 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg; 8210 else if (use_norm) 8211 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel; 8212 return TRUE; 8213 } 8214 return FALSE; 8215 } 8216 8217 /* 8218 * Get the font of the "Normal" group. 8219 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set. 8220 */ 8221 char_u * 8222 hl_get_font_name() 8223 { 8224 int id; 8225 char_u *s; 8226 8227 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 8228 if (id > 0) 8229 { 8230 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name; 8231 if (s != NULL) 8232 return s; 8233 } 8234 return (char_u *)""; 8235 } 8236 8237 /* 8238 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has 8239 * actually chosen to be used. 8240 */ 8241 void 8242 hl_set_font_name(font_name) 8243 char_u *font_name; 8244 { 8245 int id; 8246 8247 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 8248 if (id > 0) 8249 { 8250 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name); 8251 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name); 8252 } 8253 } 8254 8255 /* 8256 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color() 8257 * when the color is known. 8258 */ 8259 void 8260 hl_set_bg_color_name(name) 8261 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ 8262 { 8263 int id; 8264 8265 if (name != NULL) 8266 { 8267 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 8268 if (id > 0) 8269 { 8270 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); 8271 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name; 8272 } 8273 } 8274 } 8275 8276 /* 8277 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color() 8278 * when the color is known. 8279 */ 8280 void 8281 hl_set_fg_color_name(name) 8282 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ 8283 { 8284 int id; 8285 8286 if (name != NULL) 8287 { 8288 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 8289 if (id > 0) 8290 { 8291 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); 8292 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name; 8293 } 8294 } 8295 } 8296 8297 /* 8298 * Return the handle for a color name. 8299 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed. 8300 */ 8301 static guicolor_T 8302 color_name2handle(name) 8303 char_u *name; 8304 { 8305 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 8306 return INVALCOLOR; 8307 8308 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0) 8309 return gui.norm_pixel; 8310 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0) 8311 return gui.back_pixel; 8312 8313 return gui_get_color(name); 8314 } 8315 8316 /* 8317 * Return the handle for a font name. 8318 * Returns NOFONT when failed. 8319 */ 8320 static GuiFont 8321 font_name2handle(name) 8322 char_u *name; 8323 { 8324 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 8325 return NOFONT; 8326 8327 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE); 8328 } 8329 8330 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8331 /* 8332 * Return the handle for a fontset name. 8333 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed. 8334 */ 8335 static GuiFontset 8336 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width) 8337 char_u *name; 8338 int fixed_width; 8339 { 8340 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 8341 return NOFONTSET; 8342 8343 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width); 8344 } 8345 # endif 8346 8347 /* 8348 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group. 8349 */ 8350 static void 8351 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip, free_font) 8352 int idx; 8353 char_u *arg; 8354 int do_normal; /* set normal font */ 8355 int do_menu UNUSED; /* set menu font */ 8356 int do_tooltip UNUSED; /* set tooltip font */ 8357 int free_font; /* free current font/fontset */ 8358 { 8359 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8360 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a 8361 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */ 8362 if (*p_guifontset != NUL 8363 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 8364 || do_menu 8365 # endif 8366 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 8367 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */ 8368 || do_tooltip 8369 # endif 8370 ) 8371 { 8372 if (free_font) 8373 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); 8374 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0 8375 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 8376 || do_menu 8377 # endif 8378 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 8379 || do_tooltip 8380 # endif 8381 ); 8382 } 8383 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) 8384 { 8385 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the normal 8386 * fontset. Same for the Menu group. */ 8387 if (do_normal) 8388 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE); 8389 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) 8390 if (do_menu) 8391 { 8392 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 8393 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 8394 # else 8395 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */ 8396 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 8397 # endif 8398 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 8399 } 8400 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 8401 if (do_tooltip) 8402 { 8403 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between 8404 * displaying a single font and a fontset. 8405 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget 8406 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an 8407 * XFontStruct is used. 8408 */ 8409 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 8410 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font(); 8411 } 8412 # endif 8413 # endif 8414 } 8415 else 8416 # endif 8417 { 8418 if (free_font) 8419 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); 8420 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg); 8421 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the 8422 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */ 8423 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) 8424 { 8425 if (do_normal) 8426 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE); 8427 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS 8428 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) 8429 if (do_menu) 8430 { 8431 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; 8432 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 8433 } 8434 # endif 8435 #endif 8436 } 8437 } 8438 } 8439 8440 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ 8441 8442 /* 8443 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number. 8444 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the 8445 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer. 8446 */ 8447 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 8448 8449 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 8450 8451 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 8452 8453 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 8454 8455 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8456 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 8457 8458 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 8459 #endif 8460 8461 /* 8462 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font. 8463 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table 8464 * if the combination is new. 8465 * Return 0 for error (no more room). 8466 */ 8467 static int 8468 get_attr_entry(table, aep) 8469 garray_T *table; 8470 attrentry_T *aep; 8471 { 8472 int i; 8473 attrentry_T *taep; 8474 static int recursive = FALSE; 8475 8476 /* 8477 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet. 8478 */ 8479 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T); 8480 table->ga_growsize = 7; 8481 8482 /* 8483 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications. 8484 */ 8485 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i) 8486 { 8487 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]); 8488 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr 8489 && ( 8490 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8491 (table == &gui_attr_table 8492 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color 8493 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color 8494 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color 8495 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color 8496 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color 8497 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font 8498 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8499 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset 8500 # endif 8501 )) 8502 || 8503 #endif 8504 (table == &term_attr_table 8505 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 8506 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 8507 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL 8508 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start, 8509 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0) 8510 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 8511 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 8512 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL 8513 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, 8514 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0)) 8515 || (table == &cterm_attr_table 8516 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 8517 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 8518 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color 8519 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8520 )) 8521 8522 return i + ATTR_OFF; 8523 } 8524 8525 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR) 8526 { 8527 /* 8528 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and 8529 * compute new ones for all groups. 8530 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers. 8531 */ 8532 if (recursive) 8533 { 8534 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use")); 8535 return 0; 8536 } 8537 recursive = TRUE; 8538 8539 clear_hl_tables(); 8540 8541 must_redraw = CLEAR; 8542 8543 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) 8544 set_hl_attr(i); 8545 8546 recursive = FALSE; 8547 } 8548 8549 /* 8550 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry. 8551 */ 8552 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL) 8553 return 0; 8554 8555 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]); 8556 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T)); 8557 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8558 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8559 if (table == &gui_attr_table) 8560 { 8561 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; 8562 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; 8563 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color; 8564 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font; 8565 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8566 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; 8567 # endif 8568 } 8569 #endif 8570 if (table == &term_attr_table) 8571 { 8572 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 8573 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL; 8574 else 8575 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8576 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 8577 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL; 8578 else 8579 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8580 } 8581 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table) 8582 { 8583 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; 8584 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; 8585 } 8586 ++table->ga_len; 8587 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF); 8588 } 8589 8590 /* 8591 * Clear all highlight tables. 8592 */ 8593 void 8594 clear_hl_tables() 8595 { 8596 int i; 8597 attrentry_T *taep; 8598 8599 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8600 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table); 8601 #endif 8602 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i) 8603 { 8604 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]); 8605 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start); 8606 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop); 8607 } 8608 ga_clear(&term_attr_table); 8609 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table); 8610 } 8611 8612 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 8613 /* 8614 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes 8615 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting). 8616 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr". 8617 * This creates a new group when required. 8618 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the 8619 * result. 8620 * Return the resulting attributes. 8621 */ 8622 int 8623 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr) 8624 int char_attr; 8625 int prim_attr; 8626 { 8627 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL; 8628 attrentry_T *spell_aep; 8629 attrentry_T new_en; 8630 8631 if (char_attr == 0) 8632 return prim_attr; 8633 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 8634 return char_attr | prim_attr; 8635 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8636 if (gui.in_use) 8637 { 8638 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) 8639 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr); 8640 if (char_aep != NULL) 8641 new_en = *char_aep; 8642 else 8643 { 8644 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); 8645 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR; 8646 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR; 8647 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR; 8648 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) 8649 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; 8650 } 8651 8652 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 8653 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; 8654 else 8655 { 8656 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr); 8657 if (spell_aep != NULL) 8658 { 8659 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; 8660 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR) 8661 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; 8662 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR) 8663 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; 8664 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR) 8665 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color; 8666 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT) 8667 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font; 8668 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8669 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET) 8670 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; 8671 # endif 8672 } 8673 } 8674 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en); 8675 } 8676 #endif 8677 8678 if (t_colors > 1) 8679 { 8680 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) 8681 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr); 8682 if (char_aep != NULL) 8683 new_en = *char_aep; 8684 else 8685 { 8686 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); 8687 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) 8688 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; 8689 } 8690 8691 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 8692 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; 8693 else 8694 { 8695 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr); 8696 if (spell_aep != NULL) 8697 { 8698 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; 8699 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0) 8700 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; 8701 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0) 8702 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; 8703 } 8704 } 8705 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en); 8706 } 8707 8708 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) 8709 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr); 8710 if (char_aep != NULL) 8711 new_en = *char_aep; 8712 else 8713 { 8714 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); 8715 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) 8716 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; 8717 } 8718 8719 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 8720 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; 8721 else 8722 { 8723 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr); 8724 if (spell_aep != NULL) 8725 { 8726 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; 8727 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8728 { 8729 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start; 8730 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop; 8731 } 8732 } 8733 } 8734 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en); 8735 } 8736 #endif 8737 8738 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8739 8740 attrentry_T * 8741 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr) 8742 int attr; 8743 { 8744 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 8745 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8746 return NULL; 8747 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 8748 } 8749 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ 8750 8751 /* 8752 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr. 8753 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL. 8754 */ 8755 int 8756 syn_attr2attr(attr) 8757 int attr; 8758 { 8759 attrentry_T *aep; 8760 8761 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8762 if (gui.in_use) 8763 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr); 8764 else 8765 #endif 8766 if (t_colors > 1) 8767 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8768 else 8769 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8770 8771 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */ 8772 return 0; 8773 return aep->ae_attr; 8774 } 8775 8776 8777 attrentry_T * 8778 syn_term_attr2entry(attr) 8779 int attr; 8780 { 8781 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 8782 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8783 return NULL; 8784 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 8785 } 8786 8787 attrentry_T * 8788 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr) 8789 int attr; 8790 { 8791 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 8792 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8793 return NULL; 8794 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 8795 } 8796 8797 #define LIST_ATTR 1 8798 #define LIST_STRING 2 8799 #define LIST_INT 3 8800 8801 static void 8802 highlight_list_one(id) 8803 int id; 8804 { 8805 struct hl_group *sgp; 8806 int didh = FALSE; 8807 8808 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 8809 8810 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 8811 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term"); 8812 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 8813 0, sgp->sg_start, "start"); 8814 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 8815 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop"); 8816 8817 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 8818 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm"); 8819 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, 8820 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg"); 8821 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, 8822 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg"); 8823 8824 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 8825 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 8826 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui"); 8827 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 8828 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg"); 8829 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 8830 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg"); 8831 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 8832 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp"); 8833 #endif 8834 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8835 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 8836 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font"); 8837 #endif 8838 8839 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int) 8840 { 8841 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id); 8842 didh = TRUE; 8843 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 8844 msg_putchar(' '); 8845 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); 8846 } 8847 8848 if (!didh) 8849 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", ""); 8850 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8851 if (p_verbose > 0) 8852 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID); 8853 #endif 8854 } 8855 8856 static int 8857 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name) 8858 int id; 8859 int didh; 8860 int type; 8861 int iarg; 8862 char_u *sarg; 8863 char *name; 8864 { 8865 char_u buf[100]; 8866 char_u *ts; 8867 int i; 8868 8869 if (got_int) 8870 return FALSE; 8871 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0)) 8872 { 8873 ts = buf; 8874 if (type == LIST_INT) 8875 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1); 8876 else if (type == LIST_STRING) 8877 ts = sarg; 8878 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */ 8879 { 8880 buf[0] = NUL; 8881 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i) 8882 { 8883 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i]) 8884 { 8885 if (buf[0] != NUL) 8886 vim_strcat(buf, (char_u *)",", 100); 8887 vim_strcat(buf, (char_u *)hl_name_table[i], 100); 8888 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */ 8889 } 8890 } 8891 } 8892 8893 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 8894 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id); 8895 didh = TRUE; 8896 if (!got_int) 8897 { 8898 if (*name != NUL) 8899 { 8900 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D)); 8901 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 8902 } 8903 msg_outtrans(ts); 8904 } 8905 } 8906 return didh; 8907 } 8908 8909 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO) 8910 /* 8911 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag". 8912 * Return NULL otherwise. 8913 */ 8914 char_u * 8915 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec) 8916 int id; 8917 int flag; 8918 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ 8919 { 8920 int attr; 8921 8922 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 8923 return NULL; 8924 8925 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 8926 if (modec == 'g') 8927 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui; 8928 else 8929 #endif 8930 if (modec == 'c') 8931 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm; 8932 else 8933 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term; 8934 8935 if (attr & flag) 8936 return (char_u *)"1"; 8937 return NULL; 8938 } 8939 #endif 8940 8941 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO) 8942 /* 8943 * Return color name of highlight group "id". 8944 */ 8945 char_u * 8946 highlight_color(id, what, modec) 8947 int id; 8948 char_u *what; /* "font", "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */ 8949 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ 8950 { 8951 static char_u name[20]; 8952 int n; 8953 int fg = FALSE; 8954 int sp = FALSE; 8955 int font = FALSE; 8956 8957 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 8958 return NULL; 8959 8960 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'g') 8961 fg = TRUE; 8962 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'o' 8963 && TOLOWER_ASC(what[2]) == 'n' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[3]) == 't') 8964 font = TRUE; 8965 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'p') 8966 sp = TRUE; 8967 else if (!(TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'b' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'g')) 8968 return NULL; 8969 if (modec == 'g') 8970 { 8971 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8972 /* return font name */ 8973 if (font) 8974 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name; 8975 8976 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */ 8977 if (gui.in_use && what[2] == '#') 8978 { 8979 guicolor_T color; 8980 long_u rgb; 8981 static char_u buf[10]; 8982 8983 if (fg) 8984 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 8985 else if (sp) 8986 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp; 8987 else 8988 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 8989 if (color == INVALCOLOR) 8990 return NULL; 8991 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color); 8992 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x", 8993 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16), 8994 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255, 8995 (unsigned)rgb & 255); 8996 return buf; 8997 } 8998 #endif 8999 if (fg) 9000 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); 9001 if (sp) 9002 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name); 9003 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); 9004 } 9005 if (font || sp) 9006 return NULL; 9007 if (modec == 'c') 9008 { 9009 if (fg) 9010 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1; 9011 else 9012 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1; 9013 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n); 9014 return name; 9015 } 9016 /* term doesn't have color */ 9017 return NULL; 9018 } 9019 #endif 9020 9021 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \ 9022 || defined(PROTO) 9023 /* 9024 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value. 9025 */ 9026 long_u 9027 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg) 9028 int id; 9029 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */ 9030 { 9031 guicolor_T color; 9032 9033 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 9034 return 0L; 9035 9036 if (fg) 9037 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 9038 else 9039 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 9040 9041 if (color == INVALCOLOR) 9042 return 0L; 9043 9044 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color); 9045 } 9046 #endif 9047 9048 /* 9049 * Output the syntax list header. 9050 * Return TRUE when started a new line. 9051 */ 9052 static int 9053 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id) 9054 int did_header; /* did header already */ 9055 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */ 9056 int id; /* highlight group id */ 9057 { 9058 int endcol = 19; 9059 int newline = TRUE; 9060 9061 if (!did_header) 9062 { 9063 msg_putchar('\n'); 9064 if (got_int) 9065 return TRUE; 9066 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name); 9067 endcol = 15; 9068 } 9069 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns) 9070 { 9071 msg_putchar('\n'); 9072 if (got_int) 9073 return TRUE; 9074 } 9075 else 9076 { 9077 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */ 9078 newline = FALSE; 9079 } 9080 9081 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ 9082 endcol = msg_col + 1; 9083 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ 9084 endcol = Columns - 1; 9085 9086 msg_advance(endcol); 9087 9088 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */ 9089 if (!did_header) 9090 { 9091 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id)); 9092 msg_putchar(' '); 9093 } 9094 9095 return newline; 9096 } 9097 9098 /* 9099 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group. 9100 * Called after one of the attributes has changed. 9101 */ 9102 static void 9103 set_hl_attr(idx) 9104 int idx; /* index in array */ 9105 { 9106 attrentry_T at_en; 9107 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx; 9108 9109 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */ 9110 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) 9111 return; 9112 9113 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9114 /* 9115 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting 9116 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 9117 */ 9118 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR 9119 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR 9120 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR 9121 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT 9122 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 9123 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET 9124 # endif 9125 ) 9126 { 9127 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui; 9128 } 9129 else 9130 { 9131 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui; 9132 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg; 9133 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg; 9134 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp; 9135 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font; 9136 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 9137 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset; 9138 # endif 9139 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en); 9140 } 9141 #endif 9142 /* 9143 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting 9144 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 9145 */ 9146 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL) 9147 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term; 9148 else 9149 { 9150 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term; 9151 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start; 9152 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop; 9153 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en); 9154 } 9155 9156 /* 9157 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal" 9158 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 9159 */ 9160 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0) 9161 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; 9162 else 9163 { 9164 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; 9165 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg; 9166 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg; 9167 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en); 9168 } 9169 } 9170 9171 /* 9172 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID. 9173 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. 9174 */ 9175 int 9176 syn_name2id(name) 9177 char_u *name; 9178 { 9179 int i; 9180 char_u name_u[200]; 9181 9182 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ 9183 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars 9184 * don't deserve to be found! */ 9185 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199); 9186 vim_strup(name_u); 9187 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 9188 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL 9189 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0) 9190 break; 9191 return i + 1; 9192 } 9193 9194 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9195 /* 9196 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists. 9197 */ 9198 int 9199 highlight_exists(name) 9200 char_u *name; 9201 { 9202 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0); 9203 } 9204 9205 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) 9206 /* 9207 * Return the name of highlight group "id". 9208 * When not a valid ID return an empty string. 9209 */ 9210 char_u * 9211 syn_id2name(id) 9212 int id; 9213 { 9214 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 9215 return (char_u *)""; 9216 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name; 9217 } 9218 # endif 9219 #endif 9220 9221 /* 9222 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. 9223 */ 9224 int 9225 syn_namen2id(linep, len) 9226 char_u *linep; 9227 int len; 9228 { 9229 char_u *name; 9230 int id = 0; 9231 9232 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); 9233 if (name != NULL) 9234 { 9235 id = syn_name2id(name); 9236 vim_free(name); 9237 } 9238 return id; 9239 } 9240 9241 /* 9242 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID. 9243 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. 9244 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. 9245 * Return 0 for failure. 9246 */ 9247 int 9248 syn_check_group(pp, len) 9249 char_u *pp; 9250 int len; 9251 { 9252 int id; 9253 char_u *name; 9254 9255 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); 9256 if (name == NULL) 9257 return 0; 9258 9259 id = syn_name2id(name); 9260 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ 9261 id = syn_add_group(name); 9262 else 9263 vim_free(name); 9264 return id; 9265 } 9266 9267 /* 9268 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID. 9269 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. 9270 * Return 0 for failure. 9271 */ 9272 static int 9273 syn_add_group(name) 9274 char_u *name; 9275 { 9276 char_u *p; 9277 9278 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */ 9279 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p) 9280 { 9281 if (!vim_isprintc(*p)) 9282 { 9283 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name")); 9284 vim_free(name); 9285 return 0; 9286 } 9287 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_') 9288 { 9289 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only 9290 * give a warning. */ 9291 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); 9292 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name")); 9293 break; 9294 } 9295 } 9296 9297 /* 9298 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. 9299 */ 9300 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL) 9301 { 9302 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group); 9303 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10; 9304 } 9305 9306 if (highlight_ga.ga_len >= MAX_HL_ID) 9307 { 9308 EMSG(_("E849: Too many highlight and syntax groups")); 9309 vim_free(name); 9310 return 0; 9311 } 9312 9313 /* 9314 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry. 9315 */ 9316 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL) 9317 { 9318 vim_free(name); 9319 return 0; 9320 } 9321 9322 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 9323 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name; 9324 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 9325 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9326 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; 9327 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; 9328 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR; 9329 #endif 9330 ++highlight_ga.ga_len; 9331 9332 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */ 9333 } 9334 9335 /* 9336 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this 9337 * function deletes the new name. 9338 */ 9339 static void 9340 syn_unadd_group() 9341 { 9342 --highlight_ga.ga_len; 9343 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name); 9344 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u); 9345 } 9346 9347 /* 9348 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes. 9349 */ 9350 int 9351 syn_id2attr(hl_id) 9352 int hl_id; 9353 { 9354 int attr; 9355 struct hl_group *sgp; 9356 9357 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); 9358 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 9359 9360 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9361 /* 9362 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used. 9363 */ 9364 if (gui.in_use) 9365 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr; 9366 else 9367 #endif 9368 if (t_colors > 1) 9369 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr; 9370 else 9371 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr; 9372 9373 return attr; 9374 } 9375 9376 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9377 /* 9378 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID. 9379 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise. 9380 */ 9381 int 9382 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp) 9383 int hl_id; 9384 guicolor_T *fgp; 9385 guicolor_T *bgp; 9386 { 9387 struct hl_group *sgp; 9388 9389 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); 9390 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 9391 9392 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg; 9393 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg; 9394 return sgp->sg_gui; 9395 } 9396 #endif 9397 9398 /* 9399 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links). 9400 */ 9401 int 9402 syn_get_final_id(hl_id) 9403 int hl_id; 9404 { 9405 int count; 9406 struct hl_group *sgp; 9407 9408 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1) 9409 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */ 9410 9411 /* 9412 * Follow links until there is no more. 9413 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links. 9414 */ 9415 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; ) 9416 { 9417 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 9418 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len) 9419 break; 9420 hl_id = sgp->sg_link; 9421 } 9422 9423 return hl_id; 9424 } 9425 9426 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9427 /* 9428 * Call this function just after the GUI has started. 9429 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups. 9430 */ 9431 void 9432 highlight_gui_started() 9433 { 9434 int idx; 9435 9436 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */ 9437 set_normal_colors(); 9438 9439 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 9440 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE); 9441 9442 highlight_changed(); 9443 } 9444 9445 static void 9446 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip) 9447 int idx; 9448 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */ 9449 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */ 9450 { 9451 int didit = FALSE; 9452 9453 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL) 9454 { 9455 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu, 9456 do_tooltip, TRUE); 9457 didit = TRUE; 9458 } 9459 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL) 9460 { 9461 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = 9462 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 9463 didit = TRUE; 9464 } 9465 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL) 9466 { 9467 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = 9468 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 9469 didit = TRUE; 9470 } 9471 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL) 9472 { 9473 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = 9474 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); 9475 didit = TRUE; 9476 } 9477 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */ 9478 set_hl_attr(idx); 9479 } 9480 9481 #endif 9482 9483 /* 9484 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and 9485 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of 9486 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed. 9487 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first 9488 * screen redraw after any :highlight command. 9489 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise. 9490 */ 9491 int 9492 highlight_changed() 9493 { 9494 int hlf; 9495 int i; 9496 char_u *p; 9497 int attr; 9498 char_u *end; 9499 int id; 9500 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT 9501 char_u userhl[10]; 9502 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9503 int id_SNC = -1; 9504 int id_S = -1; 9505 int hlcnt; 9506 # endif 9507 #endif 9508 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS; 9509 9510 need_highlight_changed = FALSE; 9511 9512 /* 9513 * Clear all attributes. 9514 */ 9515 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) 9516 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0; 9517 9518 /* 9519 * First set all attributes to their default value. 9520 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option. 9521 */ 9522 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 9523 { 9524 if (i) 9525 p = p_hl; 9526 else 9527 p = get_highlight_default(); 9528 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */ 9529 continue; 9530 9531 while (*p) 9532 { 9533 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) 9534 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p) 9535 break; 9536 ++p; 9537 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL) 9538 return FAIL; 9539 9540 /* 9541 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for 9542 * bold-underlined. 9543 */ 9544 attr = 0; 9545 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */ 9546 { 9547 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */ 9548 continue; 9549 9550 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */ 9551 return FAIL; 9552 9553 switch (*p) 9554 { 9555 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD; 9556 break; 9557 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC; 9558 break; 9559 case '-': 9560 case 'n': /* no highlighting */ 9561 break; 9562 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE; 9563 break; 9564 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT; 9565 break; 9566 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE; 9567 break; 9568 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL; 9569 break; 9570 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */ 9571 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */ 9572 return FAIL; 9573 end = vim_strchr(p, ','); 9574 if (end == NULL) 9575 end = p + STRLEN(p); 9576 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p)); 9577 if (id == 0) 9578 return FAIL; 9579 attr = syn_id2attr(id); 9580 p = end - 1; 9581 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT) 9582 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC) 9583 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id); 9584 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S) 9585 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id); 9586 #endif 9587 break; 9588 default: return FAIL; 9589 } 9590 } 9591 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr; 9592 9593 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */ 9594 } 9595 } 9596 9597 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT 9598 /* Setup the user highlights 9599 * 9600 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there 9601 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry() 9602 */ 9603 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9604 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL) 9605 return FAIL; 9606 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len; 9607 if (id_S == 0) 9608 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */ 9609 vim_memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 9610 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S]; 9611 id_S = hlcnt + 10; 9612 } 9613 # endif 9614 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) 9615 { 9616 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1); 9617 id = syn_name2id(userhl); 9618 if (id == 0) 9619 { 9620 highlight_user[i] = 0; 9621 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9622 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0; 9623 # endif 9624 } 9625 else 9626 { 9627 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9628 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE(); 9629 # endif 9630 9631 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id); 9632 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9633 if (id_SNC == 0) 9634 { 9635 vim_memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 9636 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 9637 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 9638 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 9639 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 9640 # endif 9641 } 9642 else 9643 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 9644 &hlt[id_SNC - 1], 9645 sizeof(struct hl_group)); 9646 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0; 9647 9648 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */ 9649 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^= 9650 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term; 9651 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start) 9652 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start; 9653 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop) 9654 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop; 9655 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^= 9656 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm; 9657 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg) 9658 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg; 9659 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg) 9660 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg; 9661 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 9662 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^= 9663 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui; 9664 # endif 9665 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 9666 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg) 9667 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 9668 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg) 9669 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 9670 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp) 9671 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp; 9672 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font) 9673 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font; 9674 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 9675 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset) 9676 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset; 9677 # endif 9678 # endif 9679 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1; 9680 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */ 9681 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1); 9682 # endif 9683 } 9684 } 9685 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9686 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt; 9687 # endif 9688 9689 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */ 9690 9691 return OK; 9692 } 9693 9694 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 9695 9696 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void)); 9697 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr)); 9698 9699 /* 9700 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command. 9701 */ 9702 void 9703 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg) 9704 expand_T *xp; 9705 char_u *arg; 9706 { 9707 char_u *p; 9708 9709 /* Default: expand group names */ 9710 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 9711 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 9712 include_link = 2; 9713 include_default = 1; 9714 9715 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ 9716 if (*arg != NUL) 9717 { 9718 p = skiptowhite(arg); 9719 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */ 9720 { 9721 include_default = 0; 9722 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0) 9723 { 9724 arg = skipwhite(p); 9725 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 9726 p = skiptowhite(arg); 9727 } 9728 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */ 9729 { 9730 include_link = 0; 9731 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N') 9732 highlight_list(); 9733 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0 9734 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0) 9735 { 9736 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 9737 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); 9738 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */ 9739 { 9740 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 9741 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); 9742 } 9743 } 9744 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */ 9745 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 9746 } 9747 } 9748 } 9749 } 9750 9751 /* 9752 * List highlighting matches in a nice way. 9753 */ 9754 static void 9755 highlight_list() 9756 { 9757 int i; 9758 9759 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; ) 9760 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D)); 9761 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; ) 9762 highlight_list_two(99, 0); 9763 } 9764 9765 static void 9766 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr) 9767 int cnt; 9768 int attr; 9769 { 9770 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)&("N \bI \b! \b"[cnt / 11]), attr); 9771 msg_clr_eos(); 9772 out_flush(); 9773 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE); 9774 } 9775 9776 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 9777 9778 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \ 9779 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 9780 /* 9781 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names. 9782 * Also used for synIDattr() function. 9783 */ 9784 char_u * 9785 get_highlight_name(xp, idx) 9786 expand_T *xp UNUSED; 9787 int idx; 9788 { 9789 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 9790 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0) 9791 return (char_u *)"none"; 9792 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0) 9793 return (char_u *)"default"; 9794 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default 9795 && include_link != 0) 9796 return (char_u *)"link"; 9797 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1 9798 && include_link != 0) 9799 return (char_u *)"clear"; 9800 #endif 9801 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len) 9802 return NULL; 9803 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name; 9804 } 9805 #endif 9806 9807 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 9808 /* 9809 * Free all the highlight group fonts. 9810 * Used when quitting for systems which need it. 9811 */ 9812 void 9813 free_highlight_fonts() 9814 { 9815 int idx; 9816 9817 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 9818 { 9819 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); 9820 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 9821 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 9822 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); 9823 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 9824 # endif 9825 } 9826 9827 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font); 9828 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 9829 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset); 9830 # endif 9831 # ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK 9832 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font); 9833 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font); 9834 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font); 9835 # endif 9836 } 9837 #endif 9838 9839 /************************************** 9840 * End of Highlighting stuff * 9841 **************************************/ 9842